adam rutherford--the great pyramid (1942)

T H E G R E A T PYRAMID

T H E

G R E A T P Y R A M I D ITS

CHRISTIAN MESSAGE T O

A L L N A T I O N S

A N D ITS

DIVINE C A L L T O T H E

BRITISH EMPIRE A N D U.S.A. WITH ICELAND

By

A D A M R U T H E R F O R D F . R . G . S .

President of the Institute of Pyramidology

T H E INSTITUTE OF PYRAMIDOLOGY K I N G S W A Y H A L L , K I N G S W A Y , L O N D O N , W . C . 2 .

E M E R G E N C Y A D D R E S S — 3 9 , B E V E R L E Y G A R D E N S ,

S T A N M O R E , M D D X .

AMERICA—Julius A. Graeves, P . E . 63, Eppirt St., East Orange, N.J . , U.S.A. ICELAND—Snaebjörn Jónsson, Austurstraeti 4, Reykjavik.

S E C O N D E D I T I O N

A l s o i n the I c e l a n d i c L a n g u a g e

Made and Printed in Great Britain by C. Tinling & Co., Ltd. Liverpool, London, and Prescot.

I L L U S T R A T I O N S A N D D I A G R A M S

PAGE

Passages a n d Chamber s of the Grea t P y r a m i d Frontispiece T h e S o u t h Side of the Grea t P y r a m i d . . . 8

„ E a s t „ „ . . . 10 „ N o r t h , , „ . . . 12 „ W e s t „ „ . . . 14

T w o V i e w s of a Grea t P y r a m i d Cas ing Stone n o w i n E d i n b u r g h . . . . . . . 16

Car touche of K h u f u . . . . . . . 17 T i t l e Page of Pyramidographia, A. D. 1 6 4 6 . . . 20 F i r s t Page of Preface of Pyramidographia, A. D. 1646 21 G e o m e t r i c C o n s t r u c t i o n of the Grea t P y r a m i d . . 25 T h e Grea t P y r a m i d f rom the A i r . . . . 27 T h e A n c i e n t P y r a m i d C u b i t more accurate t h a n the

M o d e r n F r e n c h Me t r e 29 T h e N i l e - D e l t a Q u a d r a n t 35 C a i r o a n d e n v i r o n s . . . . . . 37 E n t r a n c e to the Grea t P y r a m i d . . . . 45 J u n c t i o n of D e s c e n d i n g a n d A s c e n d i n g P a s s a g e s . 48 T h e Chr i s t A n g l e i n the P y r a m i d . . . . 54

„ on the m a p . . . . 55 T h e N o r t h S ide of the Grea t P y r a m i d ( D i a g r a m ) . 58 T h e Perfect P y r a m i d . . . . . . 59 T h e " A m e r i c a n " S t e p . . . . . . 69 T h e B e n d a n d C o n t r a c t i o n i n the Descend ing P a s s a g e . 76 T h e G r e a t Sub te r ranean " C h a m b e r " . . . 79 T h e Grea t Sea l of the U . S. A 112 T h e G r a n i t e Secret House of the P y r a m i d . . 120 T h e Ce les t i a l C i rc l e i n the P y r a m i d ' s Secret H o u s e . 122 M o d e l of G r e a t P y r a m i d o n Professor S m y t h ' s g r a v e . 144

"Pyramidology is the science which co-ordinates, combines and unifies science and religion, and is thus the meeting place of the two. When the Great Pyramid is properly understood and universally studied, false religions and erroneous scientific theories will alike vanish, and true religion and true science will be demonstrated to be harmonious. "

—ADAM RUTHERFORD, F.R.G.S., President of the Institute of Pyramidology.

P R E F A C E

IN these s t renuous days people i n genera l have not so m u c h

leisure t i m e to devote to r ead ing a n d s tudy , hence i t is not

su rp r i s ing tha t requests have come i n f rom m a n y par t s of the

W o r l d for a sma l l e r a n d s imp le r b o o k o n the Grea t P y r a m i d —

one tha t w o u l d be su i tab le to in t roduce to " the m a n i n the

s t r e e t " w h o m i g h t s h o w some interest i n the subject—hence

the present l i t t l e w o r k .

Doubt less m a n y w h o have not r e a d a n y t h i n g of th i s theme

p r e v i o u s l y w i l l be a m a z e d at the marve l s of the P y r a m i d a n d

the o v e r w h e l m i n g weigh t of evidence b e h i n d i ts C h r i s t i a n

message. L e t t e r s are f requen t ly rece ived , express ing great

surprise o n l e a rn ing w h a t the P y r a m i d reveals . R e c e n t l y

an I ce land ic gen t l eman i n R e y k j a v i k , w h o h a d jus t r e a d some

l i t e ra ture o n the subject , wro te " T h i s has opened u p to me

a n e w w o r l d w h i c h I h a d no concep t ion exis ted . "

T o those w h o , h a v i n g r e a d th is w o r k , w i s h to invest igate

fur ther , The Great Pyramid, a Scientific Revelation, w i l l be

f o u n d v e r y su i tab le for the purpose . I n spi te of the l a c k of

t i m e at mos t people 's d i sposa l n o w a d a y s , the o l d F r e n c h

p r o v e r b s t i l l ho lds good , " V o u l o i r c'est p o u v o i r " or, freely

t r ans la t ed i n t o E n g l i s h , " W h e r e there's a w i l l , there's a w a y . "

A D A M R U T H E R F O R D .

London, December, 1942.

T H E S O U T H S I D E O F T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D

T H E G R E A T PYRAMID ITS CHRISTIAN MESSAGE TO A L L NATIONS

AND ITS DIVINE CALL TO T H E BRITISH EMPIRE AND U. S. A.

W I T H I C E L A N D .

T H E Grea t P y r a m i d s t and ing t en mi les to the south-west of Af r i c a ' s largest c i t y , C a i r o , has a t t r ac t ed more a t t en t ion t han a n y other b u i l d i n g i n the w o r l d . V i e w e d f rom whatever s t andpoin t i t is a m a r v e l of marve l s . A m o n g s t the Seven W o n d e r s of the A n c i e n t W o r l d , the Grea t P y r a m i d was recognised as the greatest of t h e m a l l a n d consequent ly was p laced at the h e a d of the l i s t . A l t h o u g h i t was the oldest of those W o n d e r s , i t has p r o v e d to be the most endur ing , for i t is the o n l y one out of the whole seven tha t remains to-day, a n d o w i n g to i ts p a r t i c u l a r t y p e of cons t ruc t ion i t w i l l man i fe s t ly ye t s t a n d for countless thousands of years to come. A l l d o w n the ages since i t was b u i l t over 4, 500 years ago, h is tor ians , a rchi tec ts , poets, scient is ts , a n d authors have e loquen t ly v o i c e d the i r wonde r a n d a d m i r a t i o n regard ing i t . H e a r k e n to the f o l l o w i n g eulogies of famous m e n concern ing this wonde r fu l P y r a m i d !

J a m e s Fe rguson , i n his great w o r k History of Architecture ( V o l . I V , p . 31) describes the Grea t P y r a m i d as " t h e most perfect a n d g igant ic spec imen of m a s o n r y tha t the w o r l d has yet seen. "

J a m e s B a i k i e , the h i s to r i an , says the P y r a m i d is " t h e most marve l lous b u i l d i n g tha t the m i n d a n d h a n d of m a n ever p l a n n e d a n d executed . "

Professor Graeves , as t ronomer , i n Pyramidographia says " T h e s t ruc ture of i t h a t h been the l abour of a n exquis i te h a n d . "

TH

E

EA

ST

S

IDE

O

F

TH

E

GR

EA

T

PY

RA

MID

T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D I I

S i r W . F l i n d e r s Pe t r i e , E g y p t o l o g i s t , states " T h e pavement , lower ca s ing a n d entrance passage [of the Grea t P y r a m i d ] are e x q u i s i t e l y w r o u g h t ; i n fact the means e m p l o y e d for p l a c i n g a n d c e m e n t i n g the b locks of soft l imes tone , we igh ing a dozen or t w e n t y tons each , w i t h such h a i r - l i k e jo in t s , are a lmost i nconce ivab le at p r e s e n t ; a n d the a c c u r a c y of the l eve l l i ng is m a r v e l l o u s . " H e fur ther says, " H o w i n the cas ing of the G r e a t P y r a m i d , t h e y c o u l d f i l l w i t h cement a v e r t i c a l j o in t about 5 feet b y 7 feet i n area , a n d o n l y averag ing one-fif t ieth (1/50) p a r t of a n i n c h t h i c k is a m y s t e r y . . . ye t th is was the u s u a l w o r k over 13 acres of surface, w i t h tens of thousands of cas ing stones, none less t h a n a t o n i n weight . "

C o m m a n d e r B a r b e r s a id r ega rd ing the i n t e r io r of the edifice " n o one c a n pos s ib ly e x a m i n e the i n t e r io r of the G r e a t P y r a m i d w i t h o u t b e i n g s t ruck w i t h as ton ishment at the wonder fu l s k i l l d i s p l a y e d i n i ts cons t ruc t ion . T h e immense b locks of grani te b rough t f r o m Syene (Aswân) , a d is tance of 500 miles , po l i shed l i k e glass, are so f i t ted tha t the jo in t s can h a r d l y be detected. N o t h i n g can be more wonde r fu l t h a n the ex t r a o r d i n a r y a m o u n t of knowledge d i s p l a y e d i n the cons t ruc t ion of the chambers over the roof of the K i n g ' s A p a r t m e n t , i n the a l i gnmen t of the s l o p i n g galleries, i n the p rov i s ion of v e n t i l a t i n g shafts, a n d i n a l l the wonder fu l con t r ivances of the s t r u c t u r e . . . . N o t h i n g more perfect , mechan i ca l l y , has ever been erected since tha t t i m e . "

W i l l i a m K i n g s l a n d , engineer, wro te conce rn ing the i n t e rna l passages a n d chambers of the P y r a m i d , " A l t o g e t h e r t h e y are abso lu te ly u n i q u e b o t h i n des ign a n d cons t ruc t ion . The re is n o t h i n g l i k e t h e m i n a n y other k n o w n b u i l d i n g i n the W o r l d . E v e r y passage, e v e r y chamber , a lmos t eve ry stone, is a p r o b l e m . "

D r . S. B i r c h , E g y p t o l o g i s t , w r o t e : " T h e t echn ica l m a s o n r y was u n r i v a l l e d . "

T h e poet P e t r o c c h i , r ea l i s ing the ex t reme a n t i q u i t y of the P y r a m i d a n d tha t i t was i n existence l o n g ages before a n y of the o ther s i x W o n d e r s of the A n c i e n t W o r l d , penned the fo l lowing l ines r ega rd ing i t :

T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D 13

( E n g l i s h t r a n s l a t i o n b y R e v . Char les St rong) .

I a s k ' d of Time: " T o w h o m arose th i s h i g h Majes t i c p i l e , here m o u l d e r i n g i n d e c a y ? " H e a n s w e r ' d no t , bu t swif ter sped his w a y , W i t h ceaseless p in ions w i n n o w i n g the s k y .

T o Fame I t u r n ' d : " S p e a k t h o u , whose sons defy T h e waste of years , a n d deathless w o r k s e s s a y ! " She h e a v e d a s igh , as one to grief a p rey , A n d s i lent , d o w n w a r d cast her tear fu l eye.

O n w a r d I pass 'd , b u t s ad a n d t h o u g h t f u l g rown , W h e n , s te rn i n aspect , o 'er the r u i n ' d shrine I saw Oblivion s t a lk f r o m stone to stone.

" D r e a d P o w e r ! " I c r i ed , " T e l l me whose vast d e s i g n "

H e checked m y fur ther speech, i n su l len t o n e ; " W h o s e once i t was , I care n o t ; n o w ' t is m i n e ! "

F o r massiveness, the Grea t P y r a m i d has never been equal led a l l d o w n the ages b y a n y other edifice, a n d i t s t i l l is , even i n our m o d e r n d a y , the largest b u i l d i n g i n the w o r l d ; i ts great square base h a v i n g a side of 755-3/4 feet a n d cove r ing a p p r o x i m a te ly 13 acres of g r o u n d . I t con ta ins t h i r t y t imes the amoun t of m a s o n r y i n N e w Y o r k ' s largest skyscraper . E a c h of the four sides of the m i g h t y s t ruc ture rises n e a r l y 500 feet a n d has a n area of 5-1/2 acres, thus t o t a l l i n g 22 acres of o r ig ina l ly h i g h l y po l i shed l imes tone b locks , w h i c h i n the b r i l l i a n t sunshine of E g y p t , ac ted as g igant ic m i r r o r s ref lect ing great beams of l i gh t , tha t c o u l d be seen f r o m a l l over the coun t ry . H e n c e b y the ancient E g y p t i a n s the Grea t P y r a m i d was c a l l e d Τa Khuti, w h i c h means " T h e L i g h t s . " I t was also t e r m e d Ikhet, m e a n i n g the " G l o r i o u s L i g h t . " A s left b y the ancient bu i lde r s i t was l o v e l y to b e h o l d ; i ts lo f ty s u m m i t of d a z z l i n g w h i t e t owered h i g h in to the deep b lue E g y p t i a n skies. N o wonde r the c lass ica l Greek geographer, S t rabo , e x c l a i m e d , " I t seemed l i k e a b u i l d i n g let d o w n f rom heaven , u n t o u c h e d b y h u m a n h a n d s ! "

T h e beau t i fu l p o l i s h e d b l o c k s w h i c h covered the entire ex ter ior , thus encas ing the whole s t ruc ture became k n o w n as C a s i n g Stones. A t the present d a y , o n l y a few of these

TH

E

WE

ST

S

IDE

O

F

TH

E

GR

EA

T P

YR

AM

ID


are left i n p o s i t i o n o n each side at the base, most of the others h a v i n g been s t r i p p e d off b y the A r a b s a n d cut u p to b u i l d the i r mosques i n C a i r o . I t was not u n t i l A. D. 1925, w h e n the E g y p t i a n G o v e r n m e n t S u r v e y was made , tha t sufficient debris was c leared a w a y to e x h i b i t the ca s ing stones for a considerable l eng th o n a l l four sides of the P y r a m i d , at the base. T h e au thor was for tunate i n v i s i t i n g a n d e x a m i n i n g the Grea t P y r a m i d d u r i n g tha t v e r y year , a lmos t i m m e d i a t e l y after the excava t ions were c o m p l e t e d .

T h e largest of the r e m a i n i n g C a s i n g Stones is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 feet ( in height) b y 8-1/4 feet b y 6-3/4 feet a n d weighs about 19 B r i t i s h tons . A few have been r e m o v e d to other lands . A p a r t f r o m those s t i l l left o n the P y r a m i d , the mos t perfect spec imen anywhe re to be f o u n d is t h a t preserved i n a glass case i n the R o y a l S c o t t i s h O b s e r v a t o r y , E d i n b u r g h . I t was recovered f r o m the m o u n d s of s and a n d stones l y i n g at the foot of the P y r a m i d b y W a y n m a n D i x o n , C . E . , w h o presented i t to the A s t r o n o m e r R o y a l for S c o t l a n d , Professor C. P i a z z i S m y t h , one of the greatest P y r a m i d pioneers. T h e present A s t r o n o m e r R o y a l for S c o t l a n d , Professor Greaves , * k i n d l y g r a n t e d the au tho r p e r m i s s i o n to have the large glass case r e m o v e d a n d to e x a m i n e , measure a n d p h o t o g r a p h th is Cas ing Stone , i n D e c e m b e r 1941. T h e pho tographs are r ep roduced o n page 16. T h i s is one of the smal le r t y p e of C a s i n g Stones f r o m the uppe r p a r t of the P y r a m i d , a n d measures 21 inches h i g h , 19-1/2 inches b r o a d at the t o p a n d 1 y a r d at the b o t t o m , w h i l s t i t s l e n g t h is 1 P y r a m i d cub i t , tha t i s , jus t ove r 25 B r i t i s h inches . T h e angle of the face of the stone shows the steepness of the s l o p i n g faces of the P y r a m i d .

T h e core m a s o n r y b e h i n d the cas ing stones is qui te rough ,

* B y a s tr iking coincidence the first book to be wri t ten on the Great Py ramid i n the Engl i sh language was also by a Professor Greaves, who l ikewise was an astronomer (John Greaves, Savi l ian Professor of As t ronomy at Oxford). This book was called Pyramidographia and was published i n London i n the year 1646. Photographs of the ti t le page and first page of that old book are shown on pages 20 and 21. The work is descriptive and records what ancient writers said about the Pyramids , but main ly about the Great P y r a m i d .

T W O V I E W S O F A G R E A T P Y R A M I D C A S I N G S T O N E . N o w i n the R o y a l S c o t t i s h O b s e r v a t o r y , E d i n b u r g h .


as i t is mere ly f i l l i n g . It is composed la rge ly of coarse l imestone (nummul i t i c ) m a i n l y f rom the quarr ies of M a s a r a a n d T u r r a i n the M o k a t t a m H i l l s o n the opposi te side of the. R i v e r N i l e . T h e P y r a m i d ' s p r i n c i p a l in te r io r apa r tmen t the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r , however , is cons t ruc ted en t i r e ly of red grani te f rom the Syene Quar r ies , A s w â n . T h e roof of the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r is f o rmed of enormous grani te beams , these b e i n g the largest k n o w n stones i n the whole b u i l d i n g ; i n fact one of t h e m is 27 feet l o n g b y 5 feet b r o a d a n d 7 feet deep, a n d weighs nea r ly 70 tons .

T h e ques t ion n a t u r a l l y arises, w h e n was the Grea t P y r a m i d b u i l t a n d w h a t was i ts p u r p o s e ? T h e first pa r t of the que ry is easy to answer , for we have f i r s t -hand i n f o r m a t i o n f rom the P y r a m i d i tse l f o n the po in t .

I n 1763 N a t h a n i e l D a v i s o n ( B r i t i s h C o n s u l at Algiers) d i scovered a " c o n s t r u c t i o n c h a m b e r " i m m e d i a t e l y over the roof of the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r , a n d th i s has been n a m e d D a v i s o n ' s C h a m b e r after h i m . O v e r seven ty years la ter , i n 1837, C o l o n e l H o w a r d V y s e d i scovered , above D a v i s o n ' s Chamber , four more C h a m b e r s of Cons t ruc t i on , w h i c h he n a m e d respec t ive ly , W e l l i n g t o n ' s C h a m b e r , Ne lson ' s Chamber , L a d y A r b u t h n o t ' s C h a m b e r a n d C a m p b e l l ' s C h a m b e r — t h e last n a m e d be ing the topmos t . These cons t ruc t iona l recesses are the o n l y places inside the ent ire P y r a m i d where o r ig ina l h ie rog lyph ics are to be found , a n d t h e y exist i n a l l of t h e m except D a v i s o n ' s C h a m b e r . T h e great va lue of these h ierog lyphs lies i n the fact tha t t h e y e x h i b i t the car touche of K h u f u (Cheops) as the E g y p t i a n k i n g i n whose re ign the

C A R T O U C H E O F K H U F U

Β

18 T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D

P y r a m i d was b u i l t . K h u f u was a k i n g of the F o u r t h E g y p t i a n D y n a s t y , so the G r e a t P y r a m i d is therefore over 4, 500 years o l d . T h a t is to say , i t was a l r e a d y a n o l d b u i l d i n g w h e n A b r a h a m entered E g y p t i n the t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y , B . C . I t was older s t i l l w h e n the Israel i tes c ame t o E g y p t ; i n fact , i t was w h i l e the Israel i tes were i n bondage to the pha raohs t ha t the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s 1, 0 0 0 t h a n n i v e r s a r y occur red . B y the t i m e t h a t Jesus was b r o u g h t t o E g y p t as a c h i l d , the P y r a m i d was v e r y anc i en t—2, 600 years o l d ! B u t m a n y l o n g centur ies after t ha t , N a p o l e o n gazed u p at the G r e a t P y r a m i d a n d e x c l a i m e d " M o r e t h a n 40 centur ies l o o k d o w n u p o n u s ! " Y e s , the P y r a m i d was 4, 400 years o l d i n Napo leon ' s day . A s w i l l be s h o w n la te r , the b u i l d i n g i t se l f i n a scient if ic manne r , reveals the exact date of i ts cons t ruc t i on .

F r o m H e r o d o t u s , w h o has been c a l l e d " t h e F a t h e r of H i s t o r y " we l ea rn tha t 100, 000 m e n (re layed e v e r y three months a n d g i v e n free ra t ions) were e m p l o y e d for o v e r 30 years ( inc lud ing 10 years i n p r e l i m i n a r y q u a r r y i n g ) i n e rec t ing th i s G r e a t P y r a m i d , w h e r e i n are no less t h a n 203 courses of mason ry .

A s to the purpose of the G r e a t P y r a m i d , the genera l ly accepted t heo ry has been t h a t i t , i n c o m m o n w i t h the other p y r a m i d s , was m e r e l y a t o m b of a p h a r a o h . T h a t m o s t of the p y r a m i d s were s i m p l y r o y a l mauso l eums we have comple te proof, for the m u m m i e s h a v e been o b t a i n e d f r o m t h e m . M o d e r n research, howeve r , has p r o v e d t h a t K h u f u was no t b u r i e d i n the P y r a m i d a t t r i b u t e d to h i m . B u t even i f a n e m b a l m e d b o d y h a d been depos i ted the re in , i t w o u l d no t a l ter the fact tha t the P y r a m i d is s o m e t h i n g more t h a n m e r e l y a t o m b . A s C o m m a n d e r B a r b e r , U . S. N . , po in t s ou t i n h i s Mechanical Triumphs of the Ancient Egyptians, even i f the P y r a m i d was used as a t o m b , i t was also s o m e t h i n g m u c h m o r e ; he says, " t h e e x t r a o r d i n a r y m a t h e m a t i c a l p roper t ies of the G r e a t P y r a m i d c e r t a i n l y impresses one w i t h the idea tha t th i s p y r a m i d at least was more t h a n a t o m b . "

T h e G r e a t P y r a m i d is separate a n d d i s t i nc t f r o m a l l the o the r p y r a m i d s i n severa l respects. W h i l e we f i n d o ther


E g y p t i a n p y r a m i d s h a v i n g d o w n w a r d passages l ead ing to sepu lchra l chambers w h i c h are e i ther unde rg round or at g r o u n d l eve l , the G r e a t P y r a m i d is the o n l y one tha t has ascending passages l e a d i n g to chamber s u p i n the b o d y of the masonry . F r o m the d i a g r a m of the passage a n d chamber sys t em of the G r e a t P y r a m i d s h o w n i n the front ispiece i t w i l l be obse rved tha t the t w o large chambers i n the b u i l d i n g proper have each t w o a i r channels or ven t i l a to r s . N o chambers i n a n y of the o ther p y r a m i d s have ven t i l a to rs . T h e presence of ven t i l a to r s ind ica tes tha t the apar tments were for some purpose o ther t h a n s epu l ch ra l chambers . T h e y are l i v i n g rooms , not dea th chambers . I n a l l k n o w n tombs i n E g y p t , b o t h before a n d after the e rec t ion of the Grea t P y r a m i d , the p rac t ice , i n eve ry ins tance , was to go d o w n to the n a t u r a l r o c k for the B u r i a l C h a m b e r . A p a r t f r om the single D e s c e n d i n g Passage (w i th i ts s eeming ly " u n f i n i s h e d " chamber) , a n d the stone chest i n the K i n g ' s Chamber , everyt h i n g i n the in te r io r of the G r e a t P y r a m i d of G i z e h is en t i re ly different f r o m w h a t we f ind anywhe re i n connec t ion w i t h b u r i a l m o n u m e n t s . A s W i l l i a m K i n g s l a n d , M . I . E . E . has r e m a r k e d " I f we look at the G r e a t P y r a m i d as a whole , i t is difficult to conceive tha t i t was b u i l t for the sole purpose of a t o m b , or even for t ha t purpose at a l l . "

T h e mis t s of m y s t e r y , however , began f a i n t l y to c lear a w a y about the m i d d l e of last c en tu ry . I t was suggested tha t the s t ructure of the Grea t P y r a m i d e m b o d i e d m a t h e m a t i c a l a n d scientif ic i n f o r m a t i o n , b u t i t was not u n t i l 1859, when J o h n T a y l o r ' s b o o k The Great Pyramid. Why was it Built? was pub l i shed , t ha t sufficient evidence was p r o d u c e d to show the h i g h p r o b a b i l i t y of the t h e o r y a n d tha t fur ther inves t iga t ion was jus t i f ied . A c c o r d i n g l y , at the request of J o h n T a y l o r himself , Professor C. P i a z z i S m y t h , A s t r o n o m e r R o y a l for S c o t l a n d went to E g y p t a n d u n d e r t o o k a de t a i l ed e x a m i n a t i o n of the G r e a t P y r a m i d d u r i n g the w i n t e r of 1864-1865, w i t h the resul t t ha t mos t of the m a i n elements of the t heo ry were p r o v e d to be correct i n essentials. F u r t h e r inves t iga t ions since tha t t i m e have p r o v e d the t r u t h of the fundamenta l s of

THE GREAT PYRAMID 20


the theory , a l t h o u g h cons iderable ad jus tment i n de t a i l has been necessary. F r o m Professor S m y t h ' s d a y t i l l n o w i t is r a the r su rp r i s i ng h o w few P r y a m i d o l o g i s t s h a v e u n d e r t a k e n specia l v i s i t s to E g y p t i n order to do research w o r k at the Grea t P y r a m i d i tse l f a n d t h u s o b t a i n f i r s t -hand i n f o r m a t i o n ; the l is t of P y r a m i d o l o g i s t s w h o have done so b e i n g as f o l l o w s : —

Prof . C . P i a z z i S m y t h , F. R. S. E., F. R. A. S., i n 1864-65 (died 1900). Prof . J o h n E d g a r , M . A . , B . S c , M . B . , C.M., i n 1909 (died 1910). M o r t o n E d g a r i n 1909, 1925-26 , etc. A d a m R u t h e r f o r d , F . R . G . S . , F . C . R . A . , A.M. Inst.T. i n 1925.

W i l l i a m K i n g s l a n d , M . I . E . E . i n 1931 (died 1935).

I n a d d i t i o n to the above , t w o excel lent surveys of the P y r a m i d have been m a d e : one i n 1880-82 b y the w e l l - k n o w n E g y p t ologist , S i r W . M . F l i n d e r s Pe t r i e , a n d the other (of the ex te r io r only) i n 1925 for the E g y p t i a n G o v e r n m e n t , b y J . H . Cole , B . A . , F . R . G . S .

Researches of the past few decades have disc losed the fact not o n l y does the P y r a m i d r evea l ma rve l s of m a t h e m a t i c s a n d science, bu t m u c h of i t is i n regard to m i n u t e s ta t is t ics pe r t a in ing to the p lanet o n w h i c h we l i v e , such as the precise size of the E a r t h , i t s exac t shape, i t s we igh t , the d i s t r i b u t i o n of l a n d a n d wa te r on i ts surface, the s u n dis tance , the precise l eng th of the yea r to the m i n u t e , the t i l t of the E a r t h ' s ax i s a n d the pe r iod of i ts r e v o l u t i o n . A l l th is is r evea led i n a s o u n d scientif ic manne r b y geomet ry . I t w i l l be obse rved tha t m u c h of the i n f o r m a t i o n thus enshr ined was not k n o w n b y m a n at the remote p e r i o d w h e n the P y r a m i d was b u i l t , a n d indeed c o u l d not be ascer ta ined b y m a n u n t i l m o d e r n t imes , after the i n v e n t i o n of m o d e r n app l iances a n d ins t rumen t s . T h i s indica tes t ha t the G r e a t P y r a m i d is a r eve l a t i on of p h y s i c a l science b y a H i g h e r P o w e r . A s S i r J a m e s Jeans s a i d recen t ly , the whole ev idence of the latest d iscover ies of m o d e r n science ind ica te t ha t b e h i n d the who le m a t e r i a l un iverse is a M a t h e m a t i c M i n d . T h e anc ien t P l a t o also dec la red , " G o d pe rpe tua l ly geometr i ses ." H o w approp r i a t e therefore t ha t the A l m i g h t y u t t e r H i s r e v e l a t i o n of scientif ic t r u t h , no t i n


words, bu t t h r o u g h the m e d i u m of geomet ry , a language tha t can be unde r s tood b y a l l na t ions a n d one tha t is perfect a n d abso lu te ly accura te i n i ts express ion .

The re is ano the r even grander a n d more wonde r fu l phase of P y r a m i d t r u t h supe r imposed u p o n the scient i f ic , a n d i t is to e x p l a i n t ha t h igher r eve la t ion i n a s imple w a y tha t th is l i t t l e v o l u m e is w r i t t e n . Before p roceed ing to tha t , however , i t w i l l be he lp fu l to dea l jus t b r ie f ly a n d s i m p l y w i t h the scientif ic aspect, as i t forms the founda t i on .

T h r o u g h o u t the un iverse a l l forces act i n s t ra ight l ines i n the first i n s t a n c e ; i t is o w i n g to a c o m b i n a t i o n of forces c o m i n g in to p l a y tha t d e v i a t i o n occurs . O n the other h a n d a l l m a t t e r i n the un iverse is i n the f o r m of spheres, a n d a sphere is the so l id shape tha t is m a r k e d out b y a r e v o l v i n g c i rc le . N o t on ly are the m i g h t y h e a v e n l y bodies , " t h e sun , m o o n a n d s t a r s " a n d also the E a r t h o n w h i c h we l i v e , i n the f o r m of spheres or globes, bu t the t i n y a toms of w h i c h a l l substances c o n s t i t u t i n g m a t t e r are cons t ruc ted are each i n themselves exceed ing ly m i n u t e " s o l a r s y s t e m s " i n f o r m , each h a v i n g its cen t r a l b a l l or " s u n " c a l l e d the p r o t o n , a n d r e v o l v i n g " p l a n e t s " ca l l ed e lect rons—as revea led b y science. T h a t is to say , the migh t i e s t th ings i n the m a t e r i a l c rea t ion , the g igant ic suns h a v i n g d iameters of m i l l i o n s of mi les , as w e l l as the t inies t th ings i n c rea t ion , the mos t ins ignif icant elect r o n of the smal les t a t o m , are a l l spheres o r ba l l s , or as the s m a l l s choo lboy w o u l d say , t h e y are a l l " r o u n d . " B u t a l l of these, f r om the least to the greatest, are con t ro l l ed b y forces, a n d owe the i r v e r y existence to forces, each of w h i c h i n d i v i d u a l l y acts i n a s t ra ight l ine . Y e t , because of the c o m b i n a t i o n of forces a l l a c t i n g i n s t ra igh t l ines, the a c t u a l m o t i o n s — ro t a t i on a n d r e v o l u t i o n — o f a l l m a t e r i a l spheres, however m i g h t y or howeve r ins igni f icant , are c i r cu l a r or e l l i p t i c a l .

H e n c e the geomet r ic basis u p o n w h i c h the whole vas t un iverse is cons t ruc t ed is the s t ra igh t l ine a n d the c i rc le (wi th i ts fur ther deve lopmen t , the el l ipse) . Therefore the ra t io be tween the s t ra ight l ine a n d the c i rc le is the a l l - impor t an t a n d f u n d a m e n t a l geomet r ic va lue i n m a t h e m a t i c s r e l a t i ng to


the universe . T h i s r a t io be tween the c i rcumference of a c i rc le a n d the s t ra ight l ine t h r o u g h i ts centre (the d iameter ) is t e rmed "π" (the s i x t een th le t te r of the G r e e k a lphabe t ) . T h i s s ign π has been a d o p t e d because of the fact t ha t the ra t io i n ques t ion has never ye t been ascer ta ined to i ts f i na l i t y , a l though , of course, i t has been ca l cu l a t ed to a n exceed ing ly h i g h degree of p rec i s ion , v i z . , to over 700 places of dec imals . A s an a r i t h m e t i c a l v u l g a r f r ac t ion i t is n e a r l y 3-1/7, b u t i t is u sua l ly quo ted more co r rec t ly as 3.14159, w h i c h is suff ic ient ly accurate for o r d i n a r y purposes, a l t h o u g h as t ronomers a n d geodesists somet imes require to use the m u c h more precise figure 3.14159265358979.

N o w th i s geometr ic r a t io π, w h i c h pervades the whole universe also pervades the G r e a t P y r a m i d i n i ts en t i re ty , inside a n d outs ide . W h e t h e r we take the m i g h t y b u i l d i n g as a whole , or examine the minu te s t features of i ts smal les t chamber , the π ra t io is everywhere p r e d o m i n a n t i n the geomet r i c cons t ruc t ion . T h e P y r a m i d , comple ted , rises f rom a square base, b y four t r i angu l a r faces, to an apex over the centre of the base. T h e angle of the slope of the P y r a m i d ' s sides is such tha t i t resul ts i n the v e r t i c a l height of the b u i l d i n g bear ing the same ra t io to the c i r cu i t of the base tha t the radius of a c i rc le does to the c i rcumference . I n o ther words , i f the height of the P y r a m i d to the apex be t a k e n as the radius of a c i rc le , the dis tance r o u n d the P y r a m i d is found to be e x a c t l y e q u a l to the c i rcumference of tha t circle—see d i a g r a m on opposi te page. T h e angle of the P y r a m i d ' s faces necessary to produce th is resul t is consequen t ly k n o w n as the π angle (51o 5 1 ' 14-3").

One of the most in te res t ing a n d i m p o r t a n t of the scientif ic marve ls of the P y r a m i d is the u n i t of l e n g t h revea led i n the monumen t ' s design. T h e resul ts of recent research ind ica te tha t the chiefs a n d those i n charge of the erec t ion of the b u i l d i n g were not of E g y p t i a n s tock b u t were of A s i a t i c o r ig in . Never theless , E g y p t i a n l abou r was e m p l o y e d , a n d consequen t ly the un i t used i n a c t u a l cons t ruc t ion was the E g y p t i a n cub i t , equa l to 20.63 B r i t i s h inches of to -day . B u t the P y r a m i d ' s

Geometric Construction of the Great Pyramid

Circumference of the Circle = Perimeter of the Square


uni t of design, w h i c h u n l o c k s the w o n d e r f u l knowledge enshr ined, is r evea led i n the b u i l d i n g itself. A c r o s s the P y r a m i d ' s " d r a w i n g o f f i c e " o r l i t t l e " A n t e - c h a m b e r " as i t is n o w genera l ly ca l l ed , there stretches f r o m east to west wa l l s , at a he ight of 3-1/2 feet f r o m the floor, a huge double s lab of grani te k n o w n as the G r a n i t e Lea f . O n the uppe r s lab, at a height of over s i x feet f r om the floor, the P y r a m i d s t a n d a r d of l inear measure , w i t h i ts s u b d i v i s i o n are m a r k e d off b y means of the G r a n i t e Sea l . ( M u c h i n the same w a y as the B r i t i s h s t a n d a r d measures are m a r k e d off i n the cen t r a l squares of our large cit ies.) T h e P y r a m i d ' s s t a n d a r d u n i t of l i nea r measure is equa l to 25.027 B r i t i s h inches , a n d is m a d e u p of 25 smal le r equa l d iv i s ions . T h e longer measure has been ca l l ed the P y r a m i d c u b i t , a n d the shor ter , the P y r a m i d i n c h (because i t is a lmos t i d e n t i c a l w i t h the B r i t i s h measurement of tha t name) . W h e n these un i t s of the P y r a m i d ' s o w n p r o v i d i n g are a p p l i e d to the m a n y v a r i e d in t e r io r a n d ex te r io r d imens ions , the who le m i g h t y edifice speaks, r e v e a l i n g an a m a z i n g w e a l t h of knowledge l o n g h i d d e n . I t is o b v i o u s tha t the P y r a m i d c u b i t , w i t h i ts s u b d i v i s i o n the P y r a m i d i n c h , is the u n i t of des ign i n the s t r u c t u r e ; i t is the k e y tha t un locks the P y r a m i d . I t is an a r res t ing fact t ha t the sacred cub i t of the v e r y ea r ly H e b r e w s a n d the i r ancestors was jus t a tr if le over 25 B r i t i s h inches, hence i d e n t i c a l w i t h the P y r a m i d cub i t (see Dissertation on Cubits b y S i r Isaac N e w t o n ) . T h i s imp l i e s tha t those responsible for the erec t ion of the P y r a m i d m a y have been ancient ancestors of the H e b r e w s .

O n m a k i n g a scientif ic e x a m i n a t i o n of the P y r a m i d c u b i t , it is f ound to bear a n exact r e l a t i onsh ip to the size of the p lane t on w h i c h we l i v e . T h e P y r a m i d cub i t is d i scovered to be the exact 10,000,000th pa r t of the dis tance f rom the centre of the E a r t h to the P o l e , or i n o ther words the precise 10,000,000th of the E a r t h ' s p o l a r r ad ius or semi -ax i s . A c c o r d i n g to the In t e rna t i ona l S t anda rds of L i n e a r U n i t s a n d Measuremen t s adop ted A.D. 1924, the p o l a r r ad ius of the E a r t h is 6,356,912 metres. C o n v e r t i n g th is to B r i t i s h inches (1 met re = 39.370113 inches) a n d d i v i d i n g b y 10,000,000 the resul t is 25.027 B r i t i s h

T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D F R O M T H E AIR (looking south-east)


inches, the precise l eng th of the P y r a m i d cub i t (correct to three places of dec imals ) .

A t the t i m e of the F r e n c h R e v o l u t i o n , the F r e n c h savants also conce ived the idea of i n s t i t u t i n g a u n i t of l inear measure based u p o n the size of the E a r t h , a n d i n v e n t e d the metre , w h i c h , a l t h o u g h i t has been a d o p t e d i n c o n t i n e n t a l E u r o p e , is, f rom the scientif ic s t andpo in t , v e r y f au l ty . T h e F r e n c h metre was a r r i v e d at b y t a k i n g the 10,000,000th pa r t of the so-cal led quad ran t of the E a r t h as c a l c u l a t e d f rom the N o r t h Po le to the E q u a t o r , a long a m e r i d i a n pass ing t h r o u g h D u n k e r q u e a n d Pa r i s . I n the first p lace as the E a r t h is not a perfect sphere, the sa id dis tance is not a t rue quadran t , hence i t is not t r u l y scientif ic to de te rmine a un i t of s t ra ight measure f rom such a c u r v e d surface, a n d secondly , the c a l c u la t ions were subsequent ly d i scovered to be s l i g h t l y i n error . Sc ien t i f i ca l ly , a u n i t of s t ra ight measure s h o u l d be based on the s t ra ight dis tance co r respond ing to the c u r v e d s emi -mer id i an , name ly the semi-axis or po la r r ad ius of the E a r t h , as has been cor rec t ly done i n the case of the P y r a m i d cub i t . F u r t h e r m o r e the E a r t h ' s ax i s is the o n l y cons tant n a t u r a l s t ra igh t l ine o n our P l a n e t , a n d i t is also t r u l y i n t e r n a t i o n a l , for a l l na t ions rotate r o u n d i t once every day . H o w appropr i a t e t ha t the P y r a m i d ' s un i t s of measurement s h o u l d be accura te ly based u p o n i t ! T h u s the Des igner of the P y r a m i d l o n g foresta l led m o d e r n m a n i n the scientif ic i dea of h a v i n g a u n i t of measure based on the size of the E a r t h , a n d therefore the Des igner of the P y r a m i d e v i d e n t l y k n e w the exact d imens ions of the E a r t h long before m a n d i d . Indeed , the P y r a m i d c u b i t is r e a l l y the F r e n c h met re sc ien t i f i ca l ly a n d m a t h e m a t i c a l l y cor rec ted over 4,000 years before the F r e n c h scientis ts even though t of the i d e a !

I t has a l r eady been s h o w n h o w a n d w h y the π r a t i o pervades the entire P y r a m i d . There is one o ther m a t h e m a t i c a l va lue tha t also permeates the whole P y r a m i d , n a m e l y , the l eng th of the year , expressed i n days . T h e r e are three different years k n o w n to as t ronomers , a n d a l l three are s h o w n accura te ly to the f rac t ion of a m i n u t e , i n the P y r a m i d ; nevertheless,


T H E A N C I E N T P Y R A M I D CUBIT M O R E A C C U R A T E T H A N

T H E M O D E R N F R E N C H M E T R E


there is bu t one of these tha t pervades the whole b u i l d i n g as π does, a n d enters i n to a lmos t e v e r y f o r m u l a r e l a t i n g to l inear measurements i n the P y r a m i d , a n d tha t is the yea r k n o w n to the m a n i n the street, the year of h i s t o r y ( t echn ica l ly t e r m e d the m e a n solar t r o p i c a l year) a n d i ts l e n g t h expressed i n days is 365.242. F o r convenience we s h a l l here in refer to th i s va lue as " y " .

T h e u b i q u i t y of π i n the P y r a m i d identif ies the Crea to r of the U n i v e r s e w i t h the Des igner of the P y r a m i d , w h i l s t tha t of y indica tes t ha t the P y r a m i d ' s D i v i n e R e v e l a t i o n per ta ins to mat te rs i n connec t ion w i t h th i s p a r t i c u l a r w o r l d on w h i c h we l i v e , whose yea r or p e r i o d of r e v o l u t i o n r o u n d the S u n is 365.242 days—the D i v i n e P l a n for the p lane t E a r t h , a n d not tha t for V e n u s , M a r s , J u p i t e r or a n y other w o r l d . H e n c e we f ind tha t the d imens ions of the P y r a m i d ' s passages a n d chambers are defined b y formulae i n c o r p o r a t i n g b o t h π a n d y. F o r example , the l e n g t h of the an te-chamber , a l r eady referred to , is 116.26 P y r a m i d inches, bu t th i s is y d i v i d e d b y π.

(y ÷ π = 365.242 ÷ 3.14159 = 116.26). G e o m e t r i c a l l y , the c o m b i n a t i o n of π a n d y is express ible b y

one s imple figure, a c i rc le h a v i n g a c i rcumference of 365.242 uni ts . (The c i rcumference is y a n d the r a t io be tween the c i rcumference a n d the d i ame te r is π). A l l measurements of the p r i n c i p a l features of the P y r a m i d , ex te r io r a n d in te r io r , are s imple funct ions of th i s Y e a r C i r c l e , the u n i t e m p l o y e d b e i n g the i n c h . I t is a m a z i n g to w h a t a n ins igni f icant ex tent the o r ig ina l perfect i n c h , as s t i l l p rese rved i n the Grea t P y r a m i d , has f luc tua ted d o w n the ages. T h e i n c h as n o w used i n B r i t a i n after a l l these l o n g centur ies has o n l y dev i a t ed f r o m the o r i g i n a l scient if ic s t a n d a r d b y the t h o u s a n d t h p a r t of a n i n c h , w h i c h is p r a c t i c a l l y negl ig ib le . F o r a lmos t a l l domes t ic purposes at least , the i n c h i n the P y r a m i d a n d the i n c h as found t o - d a y i n B r i t a i n a n d U . S . A . c a n be regarded as i d e n t i c a l . A s we go b a c k i n h i s t o r y , we f ind , of course, t ha t the in s ig ni f icant difference was s t i l l more ins igni f icant . E v e n i n the days of Queen E l i z a b e t h the i n c h as t h e n i n use i n B r i t a i n o n l y d e v i a t e d b y a mos t mic roscop ic f rac t ion f rom the o r i g i n a l


true scient if ic i n c h of the P y r a m i d . W e m e n t i o n here, i nc iden t a l l y , tha t ou r present sy s t em of measures v e r y m u c h needs to be re fo rmed o n a d e c i m a l sys t em, based however on the scientif ic i n c h a n d not o n the unscient i f ic metre . I t is a s ignif icant fact t ha t t o -day the i n c h n o w belongs e x c l u s i v e l y to the B r i t i s h or A n g l o - C e l t o - S a x o n R a c e , w h o are the o n l y people i n the w o r l d w h o use i t i n d a i l y p rac t i ce .

T h e Y e a r C i r c l e is the geometr ic basis of the scientif ic r eve la t ion of the P y r a m i d ; i t embraces the three values , π, y a n d the inch, e x p l a i n e d above , the significance of w h i c h is s u m m a r i s e d b e l o w : —

(1) π s i gn i fy ing the D i v i n e o r i g i n of the P y r a m i d ' s r eve la t ion . (2) y s i gn i fy ing t h a t the P y r a m i d ' s r eve l a t i on relates to the

w o r l d of m a n k i n d o n th i s E a r t h . (3) The Inch s i gn i fy ing tha t the P y r a m i d ' s r eve l a t i on conta ins

a p a r t i c u l a r message to the B r i t i s h race (in the B r i t i s h E m p i r e a n d U . S . A . ) r egard ing i ts func t ion i n the D i v i n e purpose for the na t ions .

T h e i n c h , w h i c h t o -day is a B r i t i s h u n i t of measure , is the k e y t ha t un locks the P y r a m i d ' s D i v i n e R e v e l a t i o n to m a n . I t is n o w a fact of h i s t o r y too tha t p r a c t i c a l l y the whole of the P y r a m i d ' s r e v e l a t i o n at present k n o w n to us has been unfo lded t h rough members of the B r i t i s h race. I ndeed i t is r e m a r k a b l e tha t the m a j o r i t y of the mos t eminen t P y r a m i d o l o g i s t s have been Sco t smen . A l l the i m p o r t a n t books o n the subject have been w r i t t e n i n E n g l i s h i n the first p lace , a n d subsequent ly t r ans la t ed i n t o o ther tongues. N o t a s ingle book , of a n y consequence, o n the P y r a m i d ' s r eve l a t i on has ever been w r i t t e n i n a n y o ther language .

O u r d a y is p r e - e m i n e n t l y the scient if ic age. M a n y people t o - d a y w i l l o n l y accept as t r u t h t ha t w h i c h has s tood the test of science. I n p r i n c i p l e , of course, th i s is good , for the laws of na tu re or science are b u t the laws of G o d , w h o brought t h e m i n t o exis tence. B u t i t is essent ia l to m a k e a c lear d i s t i n c t i o n be tween scient i f ic fact a n d scient if ic theory . Scient i f ic fact is t r u t h , whereas scient if ic t h e o r y m a y be t rue


or i t m a y be u t t e r l y erroneous. U n f o r t u n a t e l y the w o r d " s c i e n c e " is often used i n a s l ip - shod m a n n e r to inc lude scientif ic theory r igh t or w r o n g , a n d th i s has g i v e n rise to the anomalous s ta tement tha t there is d isagreement be tween science a n d re l ig ion . There is c e r t a i n l y d isagreement be tween true science a n d false r e l ig ion , a n d also be tween t rue r e l ig ion a n d erroneous scientif ic theories, bu t never be tween t rue science a n d true re l ig ion , for b o t h emanate f r o m the A l m i g h t y a n d are i n absolute h a r m o n y . H e n c e we see the D i v i n e w i s d o m i n a r r ang ing l o n g beforehand a scient i f ic r eve l a t i on , such as the Grea t P y r a m i d enshrines, i n order to meet the need of this d a y of scientif ic appea l w h e n i t a r r i v e d , espec ia l ly w h e n re l ig ion is accused of b e i n g at va r i ance w i t h science.

A s science a n d re l ig ion are componen t phases of the great e ternal t r u t h , i t is not su rp r i s i ng to find t ha t the G r e a t P y r a m i d also reveals the t r u t h i n r e l ig ion a n d the D i v i n e purpose i n regard to m a n o n the E a r t h t h r o u g h the ages—the ent i re r eve la t ion , n a t u r a l a n d s p i r i t u a l , b e i n g p o r t r a y e d u p o n a scientific basis. B u t before i nves t i ga t i ng the re l ig ious a n d prophe t ic aspect of P y r a m i d r eve l a t i on , i t is app rop r i a t e t ha t we dea l w i t h the queries tha t w o u l d be ra i sed b y Chr i s t i ans at th i s junc tu re . A C h r i s t i a n w o u l d n a t u r a l l y enqui re " I s i t not go ing c o n t r a r y to the t each ing of S c r i p t u r e to enquire in to a n outs ide source such as the P y r a m i d for fur ther D i v i n e reve la t ion , w h e n the B i b l e i tse l f i n fo rms us t ha t the Sc r ip tu res themselves are sufficient ' t h a t the m a n of G o d m a y be perfect a n d t h o r o u g h l y f u r n i s h e d ' " ? T o th i s ques t ion we r e p l y -I n i nves t iga t ing the P y r a m i d we are not go ing outs ide the Scr ip tures nor c o n t r a r y to the i r i n s t r u c t i o n , because there is a B i b l i c a l passage, w h i c h has h i t he r to been o v e r l o o k e d , t ha t identifies the Grea t P y r a m i d as G o d ' s S tone W i t n e s s t ha t w o u l d speak i n th is our day . So i f a person r e a l l y bel ieves the B i b l e a n d ye t does not n o w l i s t en to the vo ice of the P y r a m i d , he is m i s s ing s o m e t h i n g w h i c h G o d has spec ia l ly p r o v i d e d for his edi f ica t ion i n th i s p a r t i c u l a r d a y a n d age. B u t even apar t f r o m the B i b l i c a l po in te r to the P y r a m i d dealt w i t h be low, the P y r a m i d itself, of course, conta ins i ts


o w n o v e r w h e l m i n g i n t e r n a l evidence of D i v i n e insp i ra t ion . T h e p a r t i c u l a r S c r i p t u r a l passage, referr ing to the Grea t

P y r a m i d , the m e a n i n g of w h i c h has been h i d d e n u n t i l th is age of science w h e n i t was r equ i r ed , is I sa i ah 19, 1 9 - 2 0 w h i c h says " I n tha t d a y s h a l l there be a n a l t a r to the L O R D in the mids t of the l a n d of E g y p t , a n d a p i l l a r ( H e b r e w matstsebah = m o n u ment) at the border thereof to the L O R D . A n d i t sha l l be for a s ign a n d for a wi tness un to the L O R D of hosts i n the l a n d of E g y p t : for t h e y sha l l c r y un to the L O R D because of the oppressors, a n d he s h a l l send t h e m a S a v i o u r , a n d a great one, a n d he s h a l l de l ive r t h e m . " I n these verses there is descr ibed a c e r t a in m o n u m e n t i n E g y p t tha t w o u l d be a wi tness to G o d at a t i m e of great oppress ion fo l lowed b y a great de l iverance . T o - d a y aggression a n d oppress ion have come to the fu l l , a n d w i l l soon g ive place to the N e w Order of l i b e r t y . H o w the t o r t u r e d na t ions of E u r o p e are n o w c r y i n g to G o d " b e c a u s e of the o p p r e s s o r s " a n d at the same t i m e Pres iden t Rooseve l t has dec la red the oppressors w i l l be so u t t e r l y c rushed tha t those aggressive powers w i l l never be able to rise aga in i n a t h o u s a n d years a n d tha t l i b e r t y w i l l p r e v a i l th roughout the w o r l d . N o t e , too , t h a t a H i g h e r Power t h a n even Pres iden t R o o s e v e l t is to ensure the great del iverance, a n d guarantee the t r u t h of the honourab le Pres iden t ' s words . A s the cond i t i ons fore to ld i n the p r o p h e c y have n o w come to pass before our eyes, the due t i m e , a cco rd ing to the B i b l e , has therefore a r r i v e d for th i s m o n u m e n t to be ident i f ied a n d for i ts " v o i c e " h i t he r to s i lent a l l d o w n the ages, n o w to speak p r o c l a i m i n g i ts D i v i n e message to our d a y a n d generat ion.

T h i s m o n u m e n t is also desc r ibed as a n a l ta r . There are two types of a l t a r m e n t i o n e d i n Sc r ip tu re , n a m e l y , a l tars of sacrifice a n d a l ta rs of wi tness . I n the case of a l tars of sacrifice s t r ic t c o m m a n d s were g i v e n tha t such were to be made of ea r th or stone, b u t i f s tone were used i t mus t be unhewn—no t o o l mus t be used, " f o r i f t h o u l i f t u p t h y t o o l u p o n i t t h o u hast p o l l u t e d i t " ( E x o d u s 20, 2 4 - 2 5 ) . B u t i n the case of a l tars of witness t ha t were not for sacrifice ( Joshua 22, 28, 3 4 ) no such ins t ruc t ions were issued. T h e a l t a r of I s a i ah 19, 1 9 - 2 0 is


c lea r ly s ta ted to be a n a l t a r of w i t n e s s : " i t s h a l l be for a s ign a n d for a W I T N E S S un to the L O R D of H o s t s " ; hence there is n o t h i n g to prevent i t b e i n g b u i l t of h e w n stone. I n passing, i t is in te res t ing to note too tha t as our m o d e r n d a y is the appo in t ed t i m e at w h i c h th i s W i t n e s s is to speak, th i s monumen t is also become a n a l t a r i n the m o d e r n sense of the w o r d , n a m e l y , a p lace , l i t e r a l or m e t a p h o r i c a l , where homage is p a i d or wor sh ip offered. W h e n once we realise tha t th i s m o n u m e n t is a wi tness to the L o r d a n d is n o w speak ing w i t h D i v i n e A u t h o r i t y , we i n s t i n c t i v e l y do homage to G o d there (without necessar i ly v i s i t i n g the l i t e r a l m o n u m e n t , of course).

N o t o n l y is th i s a l t a r - m o n u m e n t p l a i n l y s t a t ed to be i n E g y p t , bu t i ts exac t geograph ica l pos i t i on is def ined. I t is descr ibed as be ing " i n the midst of the land of Egypt" a n d yet "a t the border thereof." The re is o n l y one spot o n the face of the E a r t h t ha t c o m p l e t e l y answers t h i s descr ip t ion , b o t h geomet r ica l ly a n d geograph ica l ly , a n d tha t spot is the precise place where the Grea t P y r a m i d s tands. T h i s a p p a r e n t l y con t r ad i c to ry d e f i n i t i o n — i n the centre a n d ye t a t the b o r d e r — is t rue i n severa l w a y s , because of the un ique shape a n d c o n f igura t ion of E g y p t .

I n ancient t i m e , the c o u n t r y was i n t w o par t s , U p p e r E g y p t a n d L o w e r E g y p t , a n d at t imes each h a d i ts o w n k i n g . I t was the L o w e r E g y p t w i t h w h i c h the Israel i tes were f a m i l i a r , for d u r i n g the i r E g y p t i a n bondage t h e y were d o m i c i l e d i n Goshen , w h i c h was a reg ion i n the eastern p a r t of L o w e r E g y p t . T h e t e r r i t o r y of L o w e r E g y p t a n d t h a t of the N i l e D e l t a were p r a c t i c a l l y i den t i ca l . T h e D e l t a of the N i l e i s the most s y m m e t r i c a l l y shaped de l t a i n the w o r l d . I f a l l the p r o t r u d i n g po in t s on the coast of the N i l e D e l t a be j o i n e d b y a l ine , the cu rve so fo rmed w i l l be f o u n d t o be the arc of a quar ter -c i rc le or quad ran t , as w i l l be seen f r o m the m a p o n the opposi te page. I f the ends of t ha t arc be j o i n e d to the centre of tha t c i rc le , the resu l tan t q u a d r a n t is p r a c t i c a l l y i den t i ca l w i t h the t e r r i t o r y of L o w e r E g y p t , w h i c h is the N i l e D e l t a . F r o m near tha t centre the R i v e r N i l e begins to d i v i d e a n d spread out l i ke a fan i n to m a n y s t reams thus f o r m i n g

T H E GREAT PYRAMID 35

T H E N I L E - D E L T A Q U A D R A N T The Great P y r a m i d of Gizeh stands at the geometric centre and yet at the southern extremity of the Quadrant .


the quadran t - shaped de l ta . T h u s L o w e r E g y p t is shaped l i ke an open fan or quad ran t , h a v i n g i t s centre at the ex t r eme sou thern po in t . G e o m e t r i c a l l y , a n d f r o m the s t andpo in t of the p h y s i c a l geography of the c o u n t r y , t ha t po in t is b o t h at the centre a n d yet at the ex t r eme edge or border thereof. T h a t is the spot where , a c c o r d i n g to the P r o p h e t I sa iah , y o u w i l l f ind G o d ' s a l t a r - m o n u m e n t erected. T h e exact spot was first d i scovered b y an A m e r i c a n sc ient is t , w h o h a d no con cep t ion wha t eve r tha t his d i s cove ry h a d a n y t h i n g to do w i t h B i b l i c a l p rophecy , a n d tha t of course makes the m a t t e r a l l the more unbiassed a n d conc lus ive . I t was i n the y e a r 1868 tha t H e n r y M i t c h e l l , Ch ie f H y d r o g r a p h e r of the U n i t e d States Coast S u r v e y (who was sent to E g y p t to repor t on the progress of the Suez C a n a l tha t year) was impressed b y the r e g u l a r i t y of the general cu rva tu r e of the coast of the N i l e D e l t a , a n d on observ ing tha t i t f o r m e d a quad ran t , was cu r ious to ascer ta in where the centre was loca ted . T o h is surpr ise he f o u n d tha t centre to be m a r k e d b y the G r e a t P y r a m i d , whe reupon he e x c l a i m e d " T h a t m o n u m e n t s tands i n a more i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l s i t ua t i on t h a n a n y other b u i l d i n g erec ted b y m a n ! "

T h i s un ique p o s i t i o n is t rue i n r ega rd to p o l i t i c a l geography also. T h i s Grea t P y r a m i d of G i z e h is near O n (Hel iopol i s ) the c a p i t a l of the ancient k i n g d o m of L o w e r E g y p t , a n d e q u a l l y near to M e m p h i s , the c a p i t a l of U p p e r E g y p t , w h i l e i t was even closer s t i l l t o the border be tween the t w o E g y p t s . B o t h of those ancient c a p i t a l c i t ies , as w e l l as the border be tween the E g y p t s , were w i t h i n s ight of the P y r a m i d . So the P y r a m i d was at the p o l i t i c a l h u b or centre a n d ye t at the border of b o t h the ancient E g y p t s separa te ly , as w e l l as t a k e n as a whole . T o - d a y , w h e n the due t i m e has come for the P y r a m i d to " s p e a k " as G o d ' s wi tness , the m o d e r n E g y p t i a n C a p i t a l C i t y of Ca i ro (the largest c i t y i n the whole of Af r i ca ) is nearer s t i l l to the P y r a m i d t h a n were e i ther of the former C a p i t a l s ; so near indeed tha t the C a i r o t r amca r s r u n out to the Grea t P y r a m i d a n d a fine p a n o r a m i c v i e w of the c i t y a n d i ts envi rons is ob ta inable f rom the t o p of the m o n u m e n t . T h u s the Grea t P y r a m i d is at the v e r y heart of E g y p t ' s p o l i t i c a l a n d soc ia l


SKETCH MAP OF

CAIRO a n d ENVIRONS


l i fe , a n d yet i t is at the v e r y border of the c o u n t r y , for b e y o n d the P y r a m i d there is n o t h i n g b u t the great S a h a r a Deser t , w h i c h extends r igh t across the vas t A f r i c a n C o n t i n e n t . T o the i m m e d i a t e east of the P y r a m i d is h i g h l y c u l t i v a t e d a n d densely p o p u l a t e d l a n d on w h i c h s tands the nea r -by me t ropo l i s of E g y p t , b u t to the i m m e d i a t e west of the m o n u m e n t is the W o r l d ' s greatest dese r t—noth ing bu t sand , sand , s a n d for hundreds of mi les . So we see tha t , b o t h g e o m e t r i c a l l y a n d geographica l ly , the Grea t P y r a m i d is " i n the m i d s t of the l a n d of E g y p t " a n d yet " a t the border t h e r e o f " i n accordance w i t h I sa iah 19, 19-20, a n d is therefore the D i v i n e m o n u m e n t a l -witness referred to, a n d i t is in te res t ing to note the s t r i k i n g s i m i l a r i t y of the H e b r e w w o r d matstsebah t r ans l a t ed " p i l l a r " i n th is B i b l i c a l passage a n d the m o d e r n A r a b i c w o r d mastaba, m e a n i n g a p y r a m i d w i t h steep sides t ha t does not rise comple te to an apex, bu t is flat on the t o p (what geometers w o u l d c a l l a truncated pyramid) a n d i t s h o u l d be care fu l ly obse rved tha t the Grea t P y r a m i d i tself has no apex , a n d never h a d : u n l i k e a lmost a l l o ther p y r a m i d s , i t cu lmina t e s i n a flat p l a t f o r m a t i ts s u m m i t .

T h e H e b r e w w o r d t r ans l a t ed E g y p t i n I s a i ah 19, 1 9 - 2 0 is Mizraim, w h i c h i n A r a b i c t o -day is Misr. I n c o n f i r m a t i o n of our a p p l i c a t i o n of the t e r m E g y p t i n the above pa ragraphs we quote f rom the e leven th ed i t i on of the famous Encyclopedia Britannica under the c a p t i o n " E g y p t " w h i c h states " T h e d i s t i ngu i sh ing features of E g y p t are the N i l e a n d the desert. B u t for the r i v e r there w o u l d be n o t h i n g to differentiate the c o u n t r y f rom the o ther par t s of the Saha ra . T h e N i l e , however , has t r ans fo rmed the l a n d t h r o u g h w h i c h i t passes. P i e r c i n g the desert, a n d at i t s a n n u a l over f low depos i t ing r i c h sediment b rought f rom the A b y s s i n i a n h igh lands , the r i v e r has c rea ted the D e l t a a n d the fert i le s t r i p i n U p p e r E g y p t . T h i s c u l t i v a b l e l a n d is E g y p t p r o p e r ; to i t a lone is app l i cab le the anc ien t n a m e — ' t h e b l a c k l a n d . ' T h e M i s r of the A r a b s is res t r ic ted to the same t e r r i t o r y . B e y o n d the N i l e v a l l e y east a n d west s t re tch great deserts ." F r o m th i s i t is c lear t h a t M i z r a i m or E g y p t was the cultivated territory a n d tha t the edge of the


desert was the border (it is o n l y w i t h i n our present l i fe t ime that ex tended a r t i f i c i a l boundar ies were d r awn) . Gîzeh is an A r a b i c w o r d m e a n i n g s k i r t , edge or border . H e n c e the fu l l official n a m e of the P y r a m i d , The Great Pyramid of Gîzeh means, i n E n g l i s h , The Great Pyramid of the Border. I sa iah 19, 19-20, could w e l l be rendered in to m o d e r n E n g l i s h thus— In that age there shall be, in the centre of Egypt but at the desert edge, a monument that shall be a sign and an altar of witness to the Lord of Hosts, for they shall cry unto the Lord because of the cruel aggressors and He shall send them a mighty Saviour who shall judge and deliver them.

There is also a r e m a r k a b l e m a t h e m a t i c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p be tween I sa iah 19, 1 9 - 2 0 a n d the G r e a t P y r a m i d . I n H e b r e w , the letters of the a lphabe t were e m p l o y e d as a r i t h m e t i c a l figures consequent ly e v e r y w o r d is also a r o w of figures, a n d thus a l l H e b r e w w r i t i n g has a n u m e r i c va lue . H e b r e w , of course, was the o r i g i n a l language i n w h i c h these verses were w r i t t e n . T h e words of the H e b r e w t ex t of I s a i ah 19, 1 9 - 2 0 as numbers are as f o l l o w s : 58, 17, 30, 57, 56, 428, 291, 380, 143, 121, 46, 56, 26, 437, 110, 56, 499, 293, 380, 30, 276, 31, 26, 180, 178, 354, 75, 426, 208, 181. T h e t o t a l of these numbers is 5 , 4 4 9 w h i c h is t e r m e d the n u m e r i c va lue of these verses. B u t the a c t u a l he ight of the G r e a t P y r a m i d as left b y the ancient bu i lders , is 5 , 4 4 9 P y r a m i d i n c h e s ! W h a t a m a r v e l l o u s n u m e r i c a l i d e n t i t y , for h a d we been even the t r i f l i n g a m o u n t of the 5,000th p a r t of an i n c h i n error i n a sce r t a in ing the va lue of the P y r a m i d i n c h , the height of the P y r a m i d expressed i n P y r a m i d inches w o u l d not have corresp o n d e d w i t h the n u m e r i c va lue of I sa iah 19, 1 9 - 2 0 , the P y r a m i d t ex t of Sc r ip tu re .

A s the Sc r ip tu res refer to the G r e a t P y r a m i d i t is not su rp r i s i ng to f i n d t ha t the m o n u m e n t enshrines s p i r i t u a l a n d p rophe t i c t r u t h as w e l l as p h y s i c a l science. O n e x a m i n a t i o n the i n t e r i o r passages a n d chambers of the s t ruc ture are found to r evea l , b y s y m b o l a n d measurement , the character is t ics a n d d u r a t i o n of the ages of w o r l d h i s t o r y a n d p a r t i c u l a r l y the i r func t ion r e l a t ive to the D i v i n e purpose . T h e char t


f o r m i n g the front ispiece shows the r e l a t ive pos i t ions of the passages a n d chamber s of the G r e a t P y r a m i d . I t is i n the fo rm of an e l eva t ion ( look ing east). T h e passages are a l l i n the one v e r t i c a l p lane , the same b e i n g p a r a l l e l to the east a n d west sides of the P y r a m i d , at a d is tance of n e a r l y 24 feet to the east of the centre of the b u i l d i n g ; hence the entrance to the P y r a m i d is not o n the centre l ine of the n o r t h side b u t to the east of i t , as s h o w n o n the d i a g r a m on page 58. A l l the chambers e x t e n d w e s t w a r d f r o m the v e r t i c a l p l ane of the passage sys t em.

I n a n y b u i l d i n g , cor r idors or passages are no t p e r m a n e n t places of a b o d e ; t h e y are s i m p l y a means of t rans i t , l e a d i n g to rooms or chambers where we can sett le d o w n . So i n the P y r a m i d , as we s h a l l see, the passages f i t t i n g l y symbol i se the ages a n d dispensat ions w h i c h mus t be t r aversed before r each ing the f ina l destinies represented b y the chambers . F u r t h e r m o r e , these P y r a m i d passages are cons t ruc ted to scale, the lengths of the va r ious cor r idors be ing p ropo r t i ona t e to the lengths of the respect ive ages t h e y represent . T h u s , space i n l inear dis tance represents space i n t i m e , a n d the u n i t of l eng th represents the u n i t of t ime . I n the P y r a m i d ' s d r a w i n g office, the so-cal led A n t e - C h a m b e r , as we have a l r eady seen, the P y r a m i d ' s un i t of l e n g t h is s h o w n to be the i n c h , a n d the un i t of t i m e the year , a n d so the scale of the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronog raph is a P y r a m i d i n c h to a year . So m u c h of the P y r a m i d ' s ch rono log ica l p r o p h e c y has n o w become a c t u a l h i s t o r y tha t the scale, 1 i n c h = 1 year , has been i n c o n t r o v e r t i b l y p r o v e d .

T h e fact tha t the who le i n t e r io r a r rangement of the P y r a m i d is b u i l t up f rom the funct ions of " π " a n d " y " i n geometr ic inches is scientif ic evidence tha t the great F i r s t Cause who designed the universe , des igned the P y r a m i d ' s i n t e r n a l passages, a n d therefore designed the d u r a t i o n of the ages, w h i c h the lengths of those passages represent . H e n c e the Grea t P y r a m i d , ancient as i t is , presents to us scient if ic ch rono log i ca l p r o p h e c y f rom the A l m i g h t y H i m s e l f , thus b r i n g i n g to our m i n d the words of Sc r ip tu re , " I a m G O D . . . dec l a r ing the e n d f rom the beg inn ing , a n d F R O M A N C I E N T T I M E S the th ings tha t


are not ye t done, s ay ing , M y counsel s h a l l s t and , a n d I w i l l do a l l m y p l e a s u r e . . . yea , I have spoken i t , I w i l l also b r i n g i t to p a s s ; I have purposed i t , I w i l l also do i t " ( I s a i a h 46, 10-11).

H a v i n g l ea rned the c h r o n o l o g i c a l scale to be a p p l i e d to the lengths of the passages a l l we n o w require i n order to ob t a in the dates of the ages or per iods of t i m e is to ascer ta in the s t a r t ing po in t or " s c r a t c h m a r k " a n d the date m a r k e d thereby . A s the in t e r io r passage sys t em const i tu tes a D i v i n e p rophecy , l a i d out to scale as an a rch i tec t ' s p l a n , concern ing ages a n d events t ha t were future f rom the t i m e of the P y r a m i d ' s erect ion, one w o u l d n a t u r a l l y expect t ha t the E n t r a n c e i n to the P y r a m i d w o u l d m a r k the date of the b u i l d i n g of the P y r a m i d , a n d tha t eve ry i n c h f o r w a r d in to the b u i l d i n g a long the passages w o u l d represent a yea r f o r w a r d i n t i m e f rom tha t date. So far as the science of E g y p t o l o g y is concerned, u n t i l recent years o n l y v e r y s c a n t y a n d u n c e r t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n has been ava i l ab le r ega rd ing the age of the G r e a t P y r a m i d ; i n fact, the o n l y t h i n g tha t was k n o w n w i t h c e r t a i n t y was tha t i t was bu i l t i n the r e ign of K h u f u (as disclosed b y the h ie rog lyphics i n the C h a m b e r s of C o n s t r u c t i o n i n the hear t of the P y r a m i d itself) bu t as to the precise t i m e at w h i c h tha t m o n a r c h l i v e d there r e m a i n e d great obscu r i t y , the compu ta t i ons of the l ead ing au thor i t i es d i f fer ing b y m a n y hundreds of years . Recen t research, however , has f ixed the t i m e of K h u f u ' s r e ign (and hence the e rec t ion of the G r e a t P y r a m i d ) to the end of the 27 th c e n t u r y before the C h r i s t i a n E r a . A l t h o u g h E g y p t o l o g i s t s state the p a r t i c u l a r p e r i o d , none w o u l d guarantee the accuracy of specific dates to a year for K h u f u ' s re ign or the erect ion of the P y r a m i d . F r o m the science of E g y p t o l o g y we thus learn tha t the date m a r k e d b y the E n t r a n c e i n to the P y r a m i d falls somewhere i n the 27 th c e n t u r y before Chr i s t . So far so good, b u t e v i d e n t l y we s h a l l requi re to t u r n to some other science to enable us to f ix the exact date of the beg inn ing of the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronograph .

A s eve ry chronologer a n d archaeologist knows , one of the mos t sa t i s fac tory me thods of a sce r ta in ing ancient dates


accura te ly is b y means of a s t r o n o m i c a l f i x i n g . W i t h the advance of research i n P y r a m i d o l o g y i t has become qu i t e ev ident tha t the Grea t P y r a m i d was a s t r o n o m i c a l l y b u i l t , tha t is to say , i t s v a r i o u s p lanes a n d angles were designed i n accordance w i t h the pos i t ions of the h e a v e n l y bodies re la t ive to the E a r t h , a n d p a r t i c u l a r l y to the P y r a m i d ' s precise pos i t i on o n the G l o b e . T o such a n extent is t h i s the case tha t one w e l l - k n o w n as t ronomer , R i c h a r d A . P r o c t o r , of Cambr idge U n i v e r s i t y , h e l d the v i e w tha t the G r e a t P y r a m i d was o r i g i n a l l y b u i l t as an obse rva to ry . So , n a t u r a l l y , the P y r a m i d has ar res ted the a t t e n t i o n of eminen t as t ronomers such as S i r J o h n H e r s c h e l a n d Professor C. P i a z z i S m y t h . As t ronomer s , geodesists a n d su rveyors a l i ke , w h o have t a k e n observat ions there, have been a m a z e d at the e x c e p t i o n a l l y h i g h degree of accu racy i n the o r i en t a t i on of the P y r a m i d , tha t is , i n the cons t ruc t i on of i ts four sides so as to face abso lu te ly due n o r t h , sou th , east, a n d west r e spec t ive ly . A f t e r s t a n d i n g for over 4,500 years d u r i n g w h i c h t i m e i t has been subjec ted to ea r thquakes , subsidence, a n d p r o b a b l y even s l ight m o v e m e n t of the E a r t h ' s c rus t i t se l f t h r o u g h the ages, the accu racy of the P y r a m i d ' s o r i en t a t i on is even ye t so wonder fu l , t ha t i t is v e r y ques t ionable i f a n y o ther large b u i l d i n g i n the w o r l d t o - d a y equals i t i n t h a t respect . N o t o n l y the o r i en t a t i on bu t also the va r ious angles a n d planes i n the s t ruc ture of the P y r a m i d have been designed i n r e l a t i o n to the pos i t ions of c e r t a in stars at specific t imes , a n d i t i s i n connec t ion w i t h these a s t r o n o m i c a l p h e n o m e n a tha t the P y r a m i d ' s c h r o n o l o g y is f ixed .

A s th i s w o r k is w r i t t e n for the m a n i n the street, we sha l l , i n e x p l a i n i n g h o w th i s a s t r o n o m i c a l f i x i n g is a r r i v e d at, a v o i d technica l i t ies as far as poss ible . V i e w e d f r o m the site of the P y r a m i d at a ce r t a in t i m e , the D r a g o n S t a r ( k n o w n to as t ronomers as α Draconis) appea red due n o r t h at a n angle above the h o r i z o n the same as the t i l t of the E n t r a n c e Passage on the n o r t h side of the P y r a m i d . T h a t is to say, the E n t r a n c e Passage a n d the D r a g o n S t a r were i n the same i n c l i n e d p lane , w h i c h for the sake of u s ing a n eas i ly unde r s tood t e r m , we


shal l c a l l the plane of the Dragon Star (wh ich fo rmed the pole star for a p e r i o d i n ancient t ime) . D o w n the E n t r a n c e Passage at a d is tance of abou t f o r t y feet f r o m the entrance there are two abso lu t e ly s t ra igh t knife-edge grooves cut f r o m roof to floor, one o n each side w a l l , a n d opposi te each other . T h i s c lea r ly shows the c u t t i n g t h r o u g h or in te r sec t ion of the p lane of the D r a g o n S t a r b y another p lane . O n d i scove r ing th i s the A s t r o n o m e r R o y a l for S c o t l a n d i m m e d i a t e l y began to ca lcula te b a c k i n t i m e to ascer ta in w h a t was the s tar i n d i c a t e d b y t h i s p lane . H e f o u n d i t to be a s tar c o m m o n l y k n o w n as A l c y o n e (called η Tauri b y as t ronomers) the chief s tar of tha t beau t i fu l a n d m u c h a d m i r e d l i t t l e s te l lar c lus ter , the Ple iades or S e v e n Sisters i n the cons te l l a t ion of the B u l l . F o r the sake of s i m p l i c i t y we s h a l l c a l l th i s p lane the plane of the Pleiades. N o w , the po in t of t i m e co r re spond ing to the in tersec t ion of the plane of the Dragon Star a n d the plane of the Pleiades i n connec t ion w i t h the i r r e la t ive pos i t ions to the P y r a m i d has been geome t r i ca l l y a n d a s t r o n o m i c a l l y f ixed a n d i t falls i n the year 2141 B.C. T h u s the in te r sec t ion of these planes i n the P y r a m i d , s h o w n b y the fine grooves c ross ing the E n t r a n c e Passage, m a r k s the date 2141 B.C. F u r t h e r m o r e , the appearance of these de l i ca t e ly cut grooves ind ica tes t ha t t h e y are i n t ended as a c lear-cut zero- l ine or " s c r a t c h m a r k " f rom w h i c h to t ake measurements a n d thus o b t a i n the d u r a t i o n a n d dates of the ages represented b y the lengths of the P y r a m i d ' s passages. T h i s " s c r a t c h m a r k " is often referred to as the Scored L i n e . T h u s the P y r a m i d singles out t ha t pa r t i cu l a r year , 2141 B.C. as the year of reference i n respect of chronol o g i c a l measurements . So , h a v i n g ascer ta ined the ch ronolog i ca l scale, a P y r a m i d i n c h to a year , a n d the a s t r o n o m i c a l l y fixed Sco red L i n e date 2141 B . C . , the P y r a m i d ' s ent ire p rophe t i c ch ronograph is t h e r e b y a s t r o n o m i c a l l y fixed. Measurements i n inches , b a c k w a r d or f o r w a r d f r o m the Scored L i n e represent the co r r e spond ing n u m b e r of years before or after the date 2141 B.C.

T h e d is tance f r o m the Sco red L i n e b a c k u p the E n t r a n c e Passage to the E n t r a n c e i tse l f is 481-1/2 P y r a m i d inches, repre-


sen t ing 481-1/2 years . C o u n t i n g 481-1/2 years b a c k f rom 2141 B.C. br ings us to the w i n t e r of 2623-2622 B.C. as the date m a r k e d b y the E n t r a n c e , for the e rec t ion of the P y r a m i d , a n d th i s agrees w i t h the recent findings of E g y p t o l o g y , as we have seen, tha t the b u i l d i n g of the P y r a m i d was b e g u n i n the 27 th c e n t u r y before Chr i s t .

H a v i n g t r aced the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s representa t ion of c h r o n ology b a c k w a r d s f rom the Scored L i n e s (2141 B . C . ) to the E n t r a n c e (2623 B . C . ) m a r k i n g the m o n u m e n t ' s erec t ion, let us n o w penetra te fur ther i n t o the P y r a m i d a n d examine the detai ls there in . I n order to o b t a i n the t r u t h the m e t h o d of procedure mus t be the c o - o r d i n a t i o n of fac t—the o n l y t r u l y scientif ic process w h e r e b y the t r u t h c a n be a r r i v e d at. D u r i n g recent years va r ious c o m p l i c a t e d theories have been i n v e n t e d i n a t t empts to ha rmonise the P y r a m i d w i t h p reconce ived chrono log ica l i d e a s ; th i s has h a d a v e r y d e t r i m e n t a l effect, a n d d r i v e n a w a y m a n y people w h o otherwise w o u l d have t a k e n interest i n the subject . A s i n the case of a n o r d i n a r y archi tec t ' s p l a n , there is no ques t ion as to w h a t is mean t . T h e Grea t A r c h i t e c t of the U n i v e r s e is , above a l l , consis tent , a n d H i s design i n the P y r a m i d mus t be in te rp re ted cons is ten t ly a n d t a k e n e x a c t l y as cons t ruc ted b y the i n sp i r ed bu i lders . T h e P y r a m i d is no t made of e las t ic , bu t of r i g i d stone, a n d if t a k e n just as i t s tands i t c a n o n l y m e a n one t h i n g . I t is a l l those fanc i fu l methods of measurement together w i t h the i n v e n t i o n of i n t r i ca t e theories to m a k e th ings fit, tha t have been responsible for so m u c h m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g r ega rd ing the P y r a m i d . I t is one of the purposes of th i s l i t t l e w o r k to ex t r ica te f rom tha t l a b y r i n t h of in t r icac ies the s imp le bu t power fu l t r u t h of the P y r a m i d . I n a l l cases we t ake the d imensions of the P y r a m i d ' s passages just as t hey were con s t ruc ted b y the ancient bu i lde r s , a n d let the results t ake care of themse lves—and , as m i g h t be expec ted , those results are t r u l y marve l lous . Indeed , the t i m e has come tha t the g r a n d P y r a m i d t r u t h c a n n o w be presented so b e a u t i f u l l y a n d sa t i s fac tor i ly tha t even the un lea rned c a n unde r s t and a n d rejoice i n i ts s i m p l i c i t y a n d s t ra ightforwardness , w h i l s t the


most c r i t i c a l sc ient is t c a n r e v e l i n i ts scient if ic soundness. A s w i l l be seen f r o m the char t , the E n t r a n c e Passage or

Descend ing Passage as i t is often ca l l ed , b y w h i c h e n t r y i n t o the P y r a m i d is ga ined , slopes d o w n w a r d at a n angle of a l i t t l e over 26 o . T h i s passage, after r each ing the g r o u n d l e v e l cont inues o n w a r d d o w n in to the n a t u r a l r o c k a n d finally enters a great u n d e r g r o u n d c a v i t y t e r m e d the Sub te r r anean C h a m b e r i n the b o t t o m of w h i c h is a deep shaft k n o w n as the " B o t t o m l e s s P i t . " T h e who le c i rcumstances o b v i o u s l y symbol i se a s inis ter c o n d i t i o n . T h e passage looks out due N o r t h a n d the angle of i ts slope was i d e n t i c a l w i t h the a l t i t ude of the D r a g o n S ta r (at i ts lower c u l m i n a t i o n ) w h e n i t was the pole s tar of ancient t i m e ; i n o ther words the D r a g o n S t a r shone d i r e c t l y d o w n the l o n g bore of the passage. T h e D r a g o n S ta r or T h u b a n was the br ightes t or chief s tar of the D r a g o n Cons te l l a t ion , a n d was k n o w n to the anc ients as the D e v i l S ta r , t y p i f y i n g the chief of the e v i l hosts . I n the B i b l e , the D e v i l is s y m b o l i s e d b y a D r a g o n a n d c a l l e d S a t a n ( R e v e l a t i o n 20, 2 ) . I n v i e w of the three facts—(1) t ha t the D e v i l S t a r was at one t i m e the N o r t h S t a r ; (2) t h a t i t used to shine d o w n the D e s c e n d i n g Passage of the Grea t P y r a m i d , a n d (3) tha t the Descend ing Passage leads to the P i t — t h e words of I sa iah 14, 1 2 - 1 5 , are s igni f icant , " H o w ar t t h o u fa l len f rom heaven , Ο L u c i f e r ! . . . F o r t h o u hast s a i d i n t h ine hear t , I w i l l exa l t m y th rone above the S T A R S of G o d : I w i l l s i t also u p o n the m o u n t of the congrega t ion i n the farthest e n d of the N O R T H ; I w i l l ascend above the he ights of the c louds , I w i l l be l i k e the M o s t H i g h . Y e t t h o u shal t be b rough t d o w n to he l l , to the jaws of the P I T . " T h i s D e s c e n d i n g Passage, w h i c h was the o n l y means of e n t r y i n t o the P y r a m i d , c l ea r ly symbol ises a c o n d i t i o n under E V I L influences a n d out of tune w i t h the I n f i n i t e — t r u l y the c o n d i t i o n of the great mass of the w o r l d of m a n k i n d . T h i s i n i t i a l passage of the P y r a m i d w e l l represents the course of the na t ions i n genera l d u r i n g wha t the B i b l e cal ls " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d . "

B u t , as we have seen, there are i n the P y r a m i d , also u p w a r d passages l ead ing , no t to a n u n d e r g r o u n d p i t as i n the case of


the D e s c e n d i n g Passage, b u t to freely v e n t i l a t e d chambers or l i v i n g rooms u p i n the m a s o n r y of the P y r a m i d , h i g h above g r o u n d l eve l . These u p w a r d or ascending passages c l ea r ly ind ica te a n u p l i f t i n g influence w h i c h i n the u l t i m a t e l ead to life a n d l i b e r t y , i n cont ras t t o the D e s c e n d i n g Passage l ead ing to the u n d e r g r o u n d P i t of d e a t h a n d des t ruc t ion . I t w i l l be reca l led tha t no o ther p y r a m i d i n E g y p t has chambers of a n y k i n d u p above g r o u n d l e v e l ; a l l the chambers i n the other p y r a m i d s are dea th chamber s (in w h i c h m u m m i e s were u sua l l y deposited) access to w h i c h is ga ined o n l y b y descending passages. T h e D e s c e n d i n g Passage leads d o w n to e a r t h a n d under the e a r t h thus s y m b o l i s i n g tha t the e v i l forces l ead e v e n t u a l l y t o gross m a t e r i a l i s m a n d " D e v i l " w o r s h i p i n one fo rm or another , consc ious ly or unconsc ious ly , a n d a c c o r d i n g l y tha t great e v i l p o w e r is s p o k e n of i n the B i b l e as " t h e g o d of this w o r l d . " T h e ascend ing passages present a n opposi te a s p e c t ; t h e y are en t i r e ly above the e a r t h a n d u p i n the m a s o n r y of the b u i l d i n g ; t h e y l ead , not d o w n w a r d to a n u n d e r g r o u n d dungeon w i t h no " b o t t o m " bu t u p w a r d to o rde r ly w e l l - v e n t i l a t e d chambers where one c a n breathe freely. These chambers (one of w h i c h is en t i r e ly of granite) magn i f i cen t ly b u i l t a c c o r d i n g to a marve l l ous geomet r ic design, have no ex i t s o r passages l e a d i n g b e y o n d t h e m , hence t h e y are finalities a n d symbo l i s e great a n d wonde r fu l destinies. T h e passages l e a d i n g there to fittingly symbo l i s e the ages a n d c i rcumstances i n w h i c h the influences l ead ing to those destinies are b rough t i n t o p l a y . T h e forces dep i c t ed i n the Descend ing Passage are d e v i l i s h , b u t those represented i n the A s c e n d i n g Passages are the ant i thes is of tha t , n a m e l y a n t i - D e v i l i s h , t ha t i s , D i v i n e . T h e influences p o r t r a y e d i n the D e s c e n d i n g Passage are degrad ing , m a t e r i a l i s t i c a n d m a l i g n ; those i n the A s c e n d i n g Passages are u p l i f t i n g , s p i r i t u a l a n d ben ign .

T h e entrance t o the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage is th rus t t h r o u g h the roof of the D e s c e n d i n g Passage, f o r m i n g a n aper ture n e a r l y 60 inches l o n g at the lower e n d of w h i c h the floor of the u p w a r d passage commences . T h e place where the floor of the A s c e n d i n g Passage thus begins is 1,169-1/2 P y r a m i d


inches f rom the outs ide ent rance to the P y r a m i d , thus revea l ing a date 1,169-1/2 years after the l a t t e r p a r t of the year 2623 B . C . , n a m e l y , S p r i n g 1453 B.C. T h a t means , a cco rd ing to the P y r a m i d tha t some class or race or n a t i o n was, b y the date 1453 B . C . , l i f t ed u p i n t o c i rcumstances w h e r e i n t hey found themselves i n a n e w sphere on a s p i r i t u a l p lane above the nat ions of the w o r l d i n general . A d i a g r a m of the j u n c t i o n of these t w o passages is s h o w n o n page 48. I t w i l l be no t i ced tha t the space m a r k e d A Β C D a l t h o u g h a c t u a l l y i n the D e s c e n d i n g Passage, nevertheless also comes in to the sphere of influence of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage a n d accord ing to the ch rono log i ca l scale (1 i n c h = 1 year) represents a pe r iod of 120 years i m m e d i a t e l y p r i o r to 1453 B . C . , tha t is to say, 1573-1453 B.C. T h i s ind ica tes t ha t the i m m e d i a t e causes or influences p r o d u c i n g th i s n e w s p i r i t u a l sphere came in to ope ra t i on d u r i n g the 120 years ' p e r i o d b e g i n n i n g i n 1573 B.C. a n d c u l m i n a t i n g i n 1453 B.C. b y w h i c h year tha t pa r t i cu l a r people were due to enter the i r n e w sphere as shown b y the b e g i n n i n g of the floor of the n e w passage m a r k i n g tha t date.

L e t us n o w test the m a t t e r b y refer r ing to h i s t o r y to ascer ta in if a n y events co r r e spond ing to the above occur red at tha t t ime . I t was prec i se ly at t h a t t i m e tha t the Israeli tes came t h r o u g h a n exper ience, l i f t i n g t h e m to a h igher p lane a n d en t i re ly new c i rcumstance , a n d d u r i n g the t r a n s i t i o n p e r i o d w h i c h f rom first to last l as ted jus t 120 years , t h e y were g i v e n a h i g h concept of the one great A l m i g h t y G o d i n m a r k e d cont ras t to the r a n k p o l y t h e i s m t h a t was everywhere r ife. T h e beg inn ing of th i s s p i r i t u a l up l i f t was b rough t abou t b y the E g y p t i a n oppress ion of the Israel i tes w h o at t h a t t i m e were i n the l a n d of Goshen i n the N i l e D e l t a , for th i s t y r a n n y caused the Israeli tes to t u r n to G o d for he lp a n d de l iverance . T h e del iverance was comple te w h e n , 120 years la te r t h e y entered the P r o m i s e d L a n d .

T h a t th i s p e r i o d was 120 years is shewn i n the B i b l e . I n E x o d u s 1, 8 - e n d we are i n f o r m e d tha t o n the succession to the th rone of a t y r a n n i c a l " n e w k i n g over E g y p t , w h o k n e w not J o s e p h " he began to oppress the Israel i tes . I m m e d i a t e l y η


af te rward the c rue l edict against I s rae l i te c h i l d r e n dec la red i n the last verse of the chap te r , the b i r t h of the babe Moses is recorded (2, 1-10). T h u s Moses w h o was to be the u l t i m a t e de l iverer was b o r n jus t w h e n the Oppres s ion began. A f t e r a l ong re ign the c r u e l p h a r a o h d i e d , b u t to the d i s a p p o i n t m e n t of the Israel i tes the Oppress ion d i d not cease, for h is successor con t i nued the persecu t ion . I n the e a r l y years of th i s second t y r an t , Moses was sent for to de l ive r I s rae l w h e n he was 80 years o l d ( E x o d u s 7, 7 ) . A f t e r l e a d i n g the Israel i tes t h r o u g h the wilderness for 40 years , he d i e d at the age of 120, jus t as they reached the border of the P r o m i s e d L a n d ( D e u t e r o n o m y 34, 7 ) . T h u s f r o m the b e g i n n i n g of the E g y p t i a n Oppres s ion a n d b i r t h of Moses t i l l the e n t r y of the Israel i tes i n t o the P r o m i s e d L a n d a n d the dea th of Moses w h e n h is w o r k of de l iverance was a c c o m p l i s h e d was 120 years .

H e b r e w c h r o n o l o g y has n o w been sc ien t i f i ca l ly es tabl i shed as far b a c k as th i s p e r i o d , a n d the date for the b i r t h of Moses at the b e g i n n i n g of the Oppres s ion is f o u n d t o be 1573 B .C . , a n d h is dea th at the border of the P r o m i s e d L a n d , 1453 B.C. I t w i l l be observed t h a t th i s p e r i o d 1573 to 1453 B.C. is the precise 120 yea r p e r i o d defined at the j u n c t i o n of the D e s c e n d i n g a n d A s c e n d i n g Passages, w h e n t a k e n i n a pe r fec t ly s t r a igh t fo rward m a n n e r jus t as i t s tands . T h e dates s h o w n i n the m a r g i n of our E n g l i s h B i b l e s o n l y differ t w o years f r o m these, a n d w h e n we consider t ha t the c h r o n o l o g y t h e r e i n inser ted was c o m p i l e d b y A r c h b i s h o p Ussher over 300 years ago, before the advance of archaeology a n d scient if ic research, t h e y are wonde r fu l l y a c c u r a t e ; for a t w o years ' error i n the dates of events about 3,500 years ago is v e r y s m a l l . H o w e v e r , the dates es tabl i shed b y the m o d e r n scient if ic me thods of archaeology, a s t r o n o m i c a l fixing etc. , agree e x a c t l y w i t h those revea led i n the P y r a m i d .

W e have o n l y to l ook i n t o the l a w w h i c h was g i v e n to the Israeli tes t h r o u g h Moses to real ise w h a t a h i g h s p i r i t u a l s t anda rd was p l a c e d before the Israel i tes at t ha t t i m e i n compar i son w i t h the po ly the i s t i c i d o l a t r y a m o n g the na t ions a l l a r o u n d t h e m . Those l aws ensured against the people


becoming p r ies t - r idden . T h e r igh t s a n d pr iv i leges of the priests were l i m i t e d ; t h e y were g i v e n no c i v i l power wha tever a n d w h o l l y l a c k e d o p p o r t u n i t y for us ing the i r office to impose u p o n the r igh t s a n d consciences of the people. I t was also p r o v i d e d t h a t r i c h a n d poor s tood o n a c o m m o n l eve l before the c i v i l l a w . T h e a r rangements i n the l a w of Moses for the p reven t ion of excessive w e a l t h or ex t reme p o v e r t y t h r o u g h the i n s t i t u t i o n of the r e s t i t u t i o n o n the jubi lee have not , as yet , ever been equa l l ed b y a n y other people . N o t o n l y was c rue l t y to a n i m a l s p r o h i b i t e d , b u t even p roper rest for the lower c r ea t i on tha t serve m a n was p r o v i d e d for. T h e treatmen t of servants , foreigners a n d the aged was the subject of spec ia l considerate l eg i s la t ion . T h e laws were made p u b l i c a n d anyone c o u l d c o p y t h e m , a n d they were r ead to the people at t h e i r sep tenn ia l fes t iva l s—thus p r e v e n t i n g a n y t a m p e r i n g w i t h the r igh t s of the people b y m e n i n a u t h o r i t y . I t shou ld be m e n t i o n e d too tha t the food laws t h e n p u t i n to opera t ion were abreast w i t h , i f no t i n advance of the conclus ions of m o d e r n science. T h e s p i r i t u a l l i fe, d u t y towards G o d a n d fe l low m a n r a n k e d of p a r a m o u n t impor t ance . P a r t of the l a w p e r t a i n e d to the l a n d , a n d the who le l a w was due to be pu t i n to f u l l ope ra t i on w h e n the Israeli tes entered the P r o m i s e d L a n d a n d found the i r feet i n the i r new sphere i n 1453 B.C., the precise date m a r k e d b y the b e g i n n i n g of the floor of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage.

T h e Israel i tes , o r some sec t ion of t h e m , as a n a t i o n , thus occup ied the H o l y L a n d a n d m a i n t a i n e d the M osa i c Orde r the re in , i n v a r y i n g degrees, for a p p r o x i m a t e l y fifteen centuries , t ha t is , u n t i l the first c e n t u r y of the C h r i s t i a n era. B u t the M o s a i c L a w was n o t p r o p e r l y ca r r i ed out , a n d t h r o u g h the centur ies serious c o r r u p t i o n set i n . W h e n Chr i s t came he c o n d e m n e d the aposta te sys t em, dec la red i t to be at an end, i n t r o d u c e d re l ig ious a n d s p i r i t u a l t e ach ing of the highest order , a n d , i n the re l ig ious w o r l d , i n a u g u r a t e d a n en t i re ly n e w age, w i t h u n i v e r s a l scope.

T h i s great change, as w e l l as the precise t i m e w h e n i t was effected, is a ccu ra t e ly p o r t r a y e d i n the G r e a t P y r a m i d . T h e


F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage, represent ing the M o s a i c order i n the H o l y L a n d , is i m m e d i a t e l y fo l lowed b y a spacious l o f ty passage k n o w n as the G r a n d G a l l e r y . I t has a l r e ady been s h o w n tha t the b e g i n n i n g of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage floor m a r k s the S p r i n g of 1453 B.C. on the P y r a m i d ' s c h r o n o g r a p h . T h e l eng th of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage is 1,485 P y r a m i d inches, represent ing 1,485 years . I t is thus a m a t t e r of s imp le a r i t h met ic to ascer ta in at w h a t date , a cco rd ing to P y r a m i d p rophecy , the Mosa ic A g e was due to e n d a n d the G o s p e l A g e beg in , for 1,485 years after 1453 B.C. b r i n g us to A.D. 33* as the date m a r k e d b y the j u n c t i o n of the A s c e n d i n g Passage a n d the G r a n d G a l l e r y , a n d , as w i l l be seen f r o m the m a r g i n of our E n g l i s h B i b l e s , A.D. 33 was the precise yea r of the C r u c i f i x i o n a n d R e s u r r e c t i o n of C h r i s t ; a n d the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the n e w age i n the re l igious sphere occu r red on the D a y of Pentecos t (Whi t sun t ide ) of t ha t same year , A.D. 33, w h e n Chr i s t ' s i n s t ruc t ions to p reach the G o s p e l t h roughou t the who le w o r l d , beg inn ing at J e r u s a l e m , were pu t i n t o ope ra t i on (see L u k e 24, 4 7 - 4 9 ) .

Qu i t e independent of B i b l i c a l a n d C h r i s t i a n wr i t e r s , a va luab le con f i rma t ion of the date of the C r u c i f i x i o n is supp l i ed b y the Greeks . A mys te r ious d a r k e n i n g of the s u n at m i d d a y wh i l e Chr i s t was o n the cross is descr ibed i n the Gospels ( M a t t h e w 27, 4 5 , a n d L u k e 23, 4 4 - 4 5 ) . T h i s r e m a r k a b l e phenomenon is also referred to i n the G r e e k records. P h l e g o n , w h o col lec ted the series of O l y m p i a d s , records t ha t i n the four th yea r of the 202nd O l y m p i a d , there was a mys te r ious d a r k e n i n g of the s u n at n o o n , i n a n unpreceden ted m a n n e r a n d to a n unprecedented ex ten t , a c c o m p a n i e d b y a n ea r th quake . T h e Greeks r e c k o n e d the i r years , no t f r o m J a n u a r y to December as we do now, bu t f r om m i d s u m m e r to m i d s u m m e r . T h e fou r th year of the 202nd O l y m p i a d ended i n m i d s u m m e r 33, a n d so i n c l u d e d the first ha l f of the yea r t ha t we w o u l d n o w c a l l A.D. 33, w h e r e i n Chr i s t was c ruc i f ied . A s a lmost

* F o r the sake of any who may not be used to chronological reckoning, the rule for ascertaining the A.D. date required is to deduct the figures of the B.C. date from the total period and add 1, t h u s :

1485 - 1453 + 1 = A.D. 33


everyone k n o w s , C h r i s t d i e d i n the R o m a n m o n t h of A p r i l — the precise date , a cco rd ing to the J u l i a n Ca lendar of the R o m a n s , b e i n g F r i d a y , A p r i l 3 rd , A . U . C . 785*, w h i c h , expressed accord ing to our m o d e r n ca lendar , w o u l d be F r i d a y , A p r i l 1st, A . D . 33. P h l e g o n reports t ha t so comple te was the da rken ing of the sun tha t the stars were v i s i b l e at m i d - d a y . T h i s da rkness was not caused b y an eclipse of the sun , because there was no solar eclipse d u r i n g the 4 t h yea r of the 202nd O l y m p i a d , a n d i t came about i n " a n unprecedented m a n n e r . " Besides , Chr i s t ' s dea th t o o k p lace at the t i m e of the f u l l m o o n w h e n an eclipse of the sun was imposs ib le (a solar eclipse is o n l y possible at n e w moon) .

T h e a r rangement of the s t r u c t u r a l features at the upper end of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage a n d the beg inn ing of the G r a n d G a l l e r y b e a u t i f u l l y depicts the life of Chr i s t a n d wha t tha t life a ccompl i shed for the w o r l d . T h i s is marve l lous , when we consider t ha t the G r e a t P y r a m i d was b u i l t more t h a n a t h o u s a n d years before Moses c o m p i l e d the first b o o k of the B i b l e a n d 2,600 years before Jesus of N a z a r e t h l i v e d o n E a r t h ! I m m e d i a t e l y w i t h i n the entrance to the G r a n d G a l l e r y we see at our feet, o n the r i g h t - h a n d side, a r e p l i c a of a n E a s t e r n shaf t - tomb, bu t w i t h the m o u t h of i t b l o w n open f rom w i t h i n as i f b y a v io l en t i n t e r n a l exp los ion . S u r e l y no scu lp to r c o u l d more v i v i d l y p o r t r a y resur rec t ion f r o m the d e a d ! A c c o r d i n g to the B i b l i c a l account , G o d ra i sed Jesus Chr i s t f rom the dead on the t h i r d d a y after the C r u c i f i x i o n , n a m e l y on S u n d a y , 5 th A p r i l , A . U . C . 785 o n the R o m a n Ca lendar , bu t accord ing to the G r e g o r i a n r e c k o n i n g a d o p t e d i n our m o d e r n ca lendar , th i s date w o u l d , of course, be S u n d a y , 3 r d A p r i l , A.D. 33. T h e floor of th i s represen ta t ion of a burs t -open shaf t - tomb is o n the same l e v e l as the floor of the Queen 's Chamber , a n d th is l e v e l intersects the s lop ing floor of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage 33-1/2 inches f r o m the e n d of the la t te r , wh i l s t the v e r t i c a l l ine m a r k i n g the b e g i n n i n g of the G r a n d G a l l e r y i n t u r n intersects the " S h a f t - t o m b " l e v e l 30 inches f rom the la t ter ' s in te r sec t ion w i t h the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage floor,

* A.U.C. = F r o m the founding of the c i ty (of Rome) on 20th A p r i l , 753 B.C.

THE GREAT PYRAMID


A S I A M I N O R

T H E CHRIST A N G L E O N T H E M A P

THE GREAT PYRAMID

thus f o r m i n g a t r i ang le , as w i l l be seen f rom the d i a g r a m on page 54. T h e last 33-1/2 inches of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage floor const i tutes the hypo thenuse (longest side) of t ha t t r i ang le , wh i l s t the p o r t i o n of the " s h a f t - t o m b " f loor - leve l e x t e n d i n g be tween the po in t s of in t e r sec t ion jus t descr ibed , fo rms the base of the t r i angle a n d is 30 inches i n l eng th . I t w i l l be observed tha t the longest side of the t r i ang le m a r k s prec i se ly , on the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronog raph , the p e r i o d of Ch r i s t ' s life on E a r t h , 33-1/2 years , w h i l s t the base shows the i n t e r v a l of t i m e f rom H i s b i r t h t i l l H i s b a p t i s m , n a m e l y , 30 years . T h e l eng th of Chr i s t ' s m i n i s t r y is thus revea led to be 3-1/2 years (33-1/2 - 30 = 3-1/2), as the P r o p h e t D a n i e l also fore to ld , b u t i t is indeed wonde r fu l t ha t the c h r o n o l o g y of Ch r i s t ' s l ife was p r o p h e t i c a l l y recorded i n the P y r a m i d so l o n g before D a n i e l ' s day . D a n i e l u t t e red his p rophecy , r ega rd ing the t i m e of the c o m i n g of the Mess i ah , over 500 years before the b i r t h of Chr i s t , bu t the P y r a m i d was erected 2,000 years before D a n i e l ' s t ime . T h i s t r i angle i n the P y r a m i d ' s design p e r t a i n i n g to the life of Jesus Chr i s t o n E a r t h we a p p r o p r i a t e l y c a l l T H E C H R I S T T R I A N G L E .

T h e i n i t i a l po in t of the Chr i s t T r i a n g l e (on the floor of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage 33-1/2 inches f r o m the end) of course, ma rks the time of the b i r t h of Jesus, bu t the P y r a m i d also indica tes the place where H e w o u l d be b o r n . I n the Chr i s t T r i ang le the angle at the i n i t i a l p o i n t , m a k i n g Chr i s t ' s b i r t h , is 26o 18 ' 9.7". A s w i l l be seen f r o m the m a p o n page 55, a l ine d r a w n f rom the Grea t P y r a m i d at t h i s precise angle to the p a r a l l e l of l a t i t ude goes d i rec t to B e t h l e h e m where the Mess iah was b o r n (that is, of course, the ancient l i t t l e c i t y of B e t h l e h e m , w h i c h l a y a few h u n d r e d y a r d s to the n o r t h of the present town) . T h i s r e m a r k a b l e angle, 26o 18 ' 9 7 " we designate T H E C H R I S T A N G L E or M E S S I A N I C A N G L E , for i t not o n l y defines b o t h the t i m e a n d p lace of the b i r t h of Chr i s t (The Messiah) bu t also de termines the r a t i o of the hypothenuse a n d base of the Chr i s t T r i a n g l e as 33-1/2 t o 30, as the p ropor t iona te d i v i s i o n of Chr i s t ' s l i fe , as i t subsequent ly came t o pass i n a c t u a l h i s to ry .

56


W e n o w come to a v e r y i m p o r t a n t m a t t e r i n connec t ion w i t h the P y r a m i d ' s r e v e l a t i o n r ega rd ing Jesus of N a z a r e t h , name ly , w h a t func t ion does he p e r f o r m i n the D i v i n e scheme of th ings , a n d w h a t was accompl i shed to t ha t e n d d u r i n g H i s advent over 1,900 years a g o ? T o dea l w i t h th i s ques t ion , i t w i l l be necessary first of a l l to t u r n our a t t e n t i o n for a whi le to the ex te r io r of the P y r a m i d .

I n 1925, the ex te r io r of the G r e a t P y r a m i d was careful ly s u r v e y e d b y the E g y p t i a n G o v e r n m e n t , the w o r k b e i n g ca r r i ed out under the d i r e c t i o n of J . H . Cole , B . A . , F . R . G . S . I n spite of the v a n d a l i s m of centur ies , some of the o r i g i n a l cas ing stones have been left i n p o s i t i o n at the base o n a l l the sides of the b u i l d i n g , consequen t ly the su rveyors were able to ascer ta in the dis tance r o u n d the base of the P y r a m i d as con s t ruc ted b y the ancient bu i lde r s , a n d t h e y f o u n d i t to be 921.455 metres , t h a t is to say 36,238 P y r a m i d inches. T h u s the o r i g i n a l l eng th of each of the four sides was 9,059-1/2 P y r a m i d inches .

B u r i e d benea th the sands of dozens of centur ies the o r ig ina l set t ing-out l ines for the c o n s t r u c t i o n of the base of the Grea t P y r a m i d as eng raved on the n a t u r a l r o c k b y the ancient bu i lders have been d i scovered . T h e o r i g i n a l set t ing-out l eng th of the base is c l e a r l y defined on the rock at the sou th side of the P y r a m i d , a n d measures 9,140 B r i t i s h inches, tha t is 9,131 P y r a m i d inches, f r o m corner to corner . T h u s the o r i g i n a l des igned d is tance r o u n d the base of the P y r a m i d was 36,524 P y r a m i d inches (4 t imes 9,131). T h e difference be tween the des igned square c i r c u i t of the P y r a m i d , 36,524 P y r a m i d inches a n d tha t as a c t u a l l y cons t ruc ted , 36,238 P y r a m i d inches is therefore 286 P y r a m i d inches. T h a t is to say, the P y r a m i d ' s base was b u i l t 286 inches shor t of the perfect design. E x a m i n a t i o n of the b e a u t i f u l l y m a d e p a v e m e n t , the base, a n d the ex te r io r m a s o n r y encas ing the P y r a m i d reveals exquis i te s k i l l a n d a n a lmos t i n c r e d i b l y h i g h degree of a ccu racy i n the w o r k m a n s h i p , a n d the suggest ion t h a t th i s apparen t shortage i n measurement to the ex tent of 286 inches (near ly 24 feet) is due to a n y l a c k of s k i l l , carelessness or acc ident o n the pa r t of such

58 THE GREAT PYRAMID

THE NORTH SIDE ———— OF THE

GREAT PYRAMID


THE PERFECT PYRAMID. "The Stone which the builders rejected is become the Head of the corner."

Mark 12 1 0

6o T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D

h i g h l y s k i l l e d bu i lde r s c o u l d not be en te r t a ined for a m o m e n t . Bes ides , fur ther i n v e s t i g a t i o n proves t ha t the shortage was in t en t iona l , for, wherever o n the ex te r io r of the P y r a m i d there is a n y apparent shortage, eccen t r i c i ty , or imper fec t ion , the amoun t of deficiency is, i n eve ry case, 286 inches. F o r ins tance , the entrance to the P y r a m i d is on the n o r t h e r n side, bu t i t is no t i n the centre of the g igan t ic face of the s t ruc ture , b u t is s i tua ted to the east side of the centre , thus p resen t ing a l op s ided appearance. T o w h a t ex tent is the entrance " o f f the s t r a igh t , " as a s choo lboy w o u l d s a y ? T h e answer is 286 P y r a m i d i n c h e s ! I t w i l l be observed tha t the apparen t " f a u l t " is aga in 286 inches, p rec i se ly the same as i n the case of the " s h o r t a g e " of the base. T h e as t ronomer , Professor C h . Lag range , i n the 'eighties of last c e n t u r y , n a m e d th i s

d isp lacement of 286 P y r a m i d inches Le Déplacement Caractéristique (The Displacement Factor) of the Grea t P y r a m i d .

T h e fact tha t these i r regular i t ies i n a l l cases r e v e a l the measurement of 286 inches shows tha t t hey are not acc iden ta l , bu t designed, a n d tha t the ex te r io r f o r m of the P y r a m i d as cons t ruc ted is i n t ended to symbol i se t ha t w h i c h is out of tune w i t h the A l m i g h t y . T h i s i n t e n t i o n is fur ther p r o v e d b y the fact tha t the Grea t P y r a m i d , u n l i k e other E g y p t i a n p y r a m i d s , never h a d an apex. T h e C r o w n or T o p P iece was never p l aced i n pos i t i on . C lass ica l wr i te r s who saw the Grea t P y r a m i d before the outs ide cas ing was vanda l i s ed , descr ibe i t as h a v i n g no T o p Piece . D i o d o r u s , w h o behe ld the b u i l d i n g just as i t was left b y the bu i lders , at a t i m e w h e n , to use his o w n words , i t was " c o m p l e t e a n d w i t h o u t the least decay , " in forms us tha t i t t e r m i n a t e d i n a flat p l a t f o r m at i t s s u m m i t . T h e Grea t P y r a m i d was thus cons t ruc t ed a n imperfec t p y r a m i d , w i t h o u t i ts c r o w n , or as geometers w o u l d c a l l i t , a t r unca t ed p y r a m i d or f rus tum.

Does i t not seem strange tha t the bu i lde r s , after the i r colossal task of e rec t ing wha t is s t i l l the most mass ive b u i l d i n g i n the W o r l d , shou ld a l l bu t finish the w o r k , a n d t h e n at the


v e r y last l ap , a p p a r e n t l y o m i t to place the f ina l " T o p - S t o n e " on the i r great masterpiece of m a s o n r y ?

A s the shortage at the base was 286 inches, the resul t was tha t e v e r y one of the 203 courses of m a s o n r y i n the b u i l d i n g was also 286 inches shor t of the fu l l design, a n d the p l a t fo rm at the s u m m i t , w h i c h was at the necessary l eve l , was consequent ly 286 inches shor t of the r equ i r ed measurement to fit the specif ied size of the " T o p - S t o n e " tha t was to be p laced u p o n i t . So the G r e a t P y r a m i d was never " c r o w n e d . "

T h e secre t of the s o l u t i o n of the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s e x t e r i o r s y m b o l i s m l i e s i n the d i s c o v e r y of the r e c t i f i c a t i o n of the P y r a m i d ' s d i s p l a c e m e n t fea ture . W h e n w e have a s c e r t a i n e d h o w t h i s r e c t i f i c a t i o n i s effected, w e w i l l have d i s c o v e r e d h o w tha t w h i c h i s out of h a r m o n y w i t h the perfect w i l l of the A l m i g h t y w i l l be b r o u g h t i n t o l i n e a n d h o w t h i s c h a o t i c w o r l d w i l l be b r o u g h t i n t o tune w i t h the In f in i t e . I n o the r w o r d s , w e w i l l have f o u n d h o w the c o n d i t i o n r eques t ed i n the L o r d ' s P r a y e r " T h y w i l l be done o n E a r t h as i t i s i n H e a v e n " w i l l be b r o u g h t a b o u t .

A s we have seen, eve rywhere o n the ex te r io r of the P y r a m i d there is d e v i a t i o n f r o m the comple te design, a n d i n a l l instances, wha tever f o r m the d e v i a t i o n takes , whe the r con t r ac t ion , eccen t r i c i ty or incompleteness , the ex ten t of s u c h is a lways 286 inches. So then , for the k e y to the rec t i f ica t ion of this d isp lacement we mus t explore the P y r a m i d to search for this factor of 286 inches p o r t r a y e d i n a n opposi te aspect, tha t is to say, connec ted no t w i t h c o n t r a c t i o n , eccen t r i c i ty or a n y other imper fec t ion , bu t w i t h expans ion , enlargement , upl i f t , thus r e v e a l i n g the coun t e r ac t i ng power adequate to rec t i fy the d i sp lacement . W e find th i s r equ i rement i n o n l y one place, i n the P y r a m i d ' s in te r io r , n a m e l y — r i g h t over the burs t -open m o u t h of the wel l -shaf t , f ea tu r ing the resur rec t ion of Chr i s t . A t th i s p lace , the roof of the passage is l i f ted u p t h r o u g h seven t iers of stone, to the ex tent of 286 P y r a m i d inches, p r o d u c i n g tha t magnif icent spectacle k n o w n as the G r a n d G a l l e r y . H e r e , there is no trace of c o n t r a c t i o n or


shortage, bu t the v e r y opposi te , enlargement a n d up l i f t—the coun te rac t ing power to the P y r a m i d ' s d i sp lacement , a n d therefore the P y r a m i d ' s Rectification Factor. A s we have seen a l ready , the s y m b o l i s m here per ta ins to the resurrec t ion , a n d ascension of Chr i s t a n d the D i v i n e man i fe s t a t ion o n the D a y of Pentecost of the efficacy of H i s f in ished w o r k at C a l v a r y — a l l of w h i c h acco rd ing to the P y r a m i d ' s i nch -yea r measurements were due to occur i n the S p r i n g of A.D. 33, a n d a l l of w h i c h became a c t u a l fact at the t i m e D i v i n e l y appo in t ed , as is recorded i n the N e w Tes t amen t .

T h e Grea t P y r a m i d thus reveals t ha t the power to rec t i fy the d isp lacement a n d so b r i n g the w o r l d of m a n k i n d in to comple te h a r m o n y w i t h the Crea tor , is ves ted i n Jesus Chr i s t . A n d the B i b l e says the same, for i t states " H e rose aga in for our j u s t i f i c a t i o n " a n d Chr i s t H i m s e l f , after H i s resur rec t ion dec la red " A l l power is g i v e n un to me i n h e a v e n a n d i n e a r t h . " (see S t . M a t t h e w 28, 1 8 ) T h e ques t ion is , H o w a n d w h e n w i l l th i s power be p u t f u l l y i n to ope ra t ion a n d the long- looked-for era where in G o d ' s w i l l sha l l be " d o n e o n E a r t h as i t is i n H e a v e n " b e i n a u g u r a t e d ? T o l e a r n how t h i s w i l l be a c c o m pl i shed we m u s t inves t iga te the P y r a m i d ' s ex te r io r to ascer ta in the m a n n e r i n w h i c h the d i sp lacement c a n be rec t i f ied t h r o u g h the coun te r ac t i ng factor n o w d iscovered . T o ascer ta in when i t w i l l come to pass we s h a l l of course requ i re to t u r n to the in te r io r passages a n d chambers w h i c h are cons t ruc ted to scale so as to r evea l the ch rono logy of the D i v i n e p l a n of the ages.

I f the T o p Piece were p l a c e d o n the flat s u m m i t of the P y r a m i d i t w o u l d of course o v e r h a n g the edges a l l r o u n d to the ex tent of n e a r l y a y a r d o w i n g to the l i t t l e p l a t f o r m be ing 286 inches shor t o f the f u l l design, i n c i r c u i t . T h e dis tance f rom the centre of the base of the " T o p S t o n e " to each of i t s four sides, w h i c h face due n o r t h , sou th , east a n d west, respec t ive ly , i s , i n eve ry case, 286 inches, thus , i n d i c a t i n g the u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n of the R e c t i f i c a t i o n F a c t o r of 286 inches. Hence Jesus s a i d " I , i f I be l i f t u p , w i l l d r a w a l l m e n un to m e . " T h e E g y p t i a n s c a l l e d the T o p Piece of a p y r a m i d the Benben, t h a t is , the C r o w n or H e a d of the p y r a m i d . The


bui lders of the G r e a t P y r a m i d rejected the C r o w n or " H e a d S t o n e " a n d the Scr ip tu res speak of Ch r i s t as " t h e Stone w h i c h the bu i lde r s re jec ted ." B u t the same Sc r ip tu re speaks p r o p h e t i c a l l y of the e x a l t a t i o n of the rejected Stone to the pos i t i on of H e a d S t o n e — " T h e stone w h i c h the bu i lders rejected the same is become the H e a d of the C o r n e r " ( P s a l m 118, 2 2 ; M a t t h e w 21, 4 2 ; A c t s 4, 1 0 - 1 1 ) a n d the " C h i e f Corner S t o n e " (I Pe t e r 2, 6-7). I f a p p l i e d to a n o r d i n a r y b u i l d i n g these words have no po in t , i f indeed a n y m e a n i n g at a l l . B u t i n the case of a P y r a m i d a l l the four corners of the s t ruc ture f i na l l y converge i n one stone at the t o p a n d tha t stone is the H e a d Stone , so tha t the T o p Stone of the P y r a m i d is at the same t i m e b o t h the H e a d S tone a n d the Chief Corner S tone .

N o w , i f a l l the four sides of the ent i re P y r a m i d be " f i l l e d o u t " w i t h m a s o n r y u n t i l t h e y come i n t o exact l ine w i t h the p ro jec t ing edges a n d angles of the perfect T o p Stone, the resul t w o u l d be tha t the corners at the base w o u l d fit exac t ly i n t o the o r i g i n a l se t t ing-out l ines eng raved b y the ancient P y r a m i d bu i lde r s o n the f o u n d a t i o n rock , a n d the base c i r cu i t w o u l d be en la rged b y 286 inches , a n d the pe r imete r w o u l d become 36,524 P y r a m i d inches i n accordance w i t h the A r c h i tect ' s f u l l des ign (note t h a t 36,524 is the n u m b e r of days i n a cen tu ry ) . T h u s the d i sp lacement feature i n the P y r a m i d ' s ex te r io r f o r m is c o m p l e t e l y e l i m i n a t e d b y the a p p l i c a t i o n of the R e c t i f i c a t i o n F a c t o r i n the " T o p S t o n e . " T h e m e a n i n g is obv ious . T h e e x a l t a t i o n of C h r i s t , the perfect " T o p S t o n e " a n d the sub jec t ion of a l l th ings to H i s h o l y w i l l is the so lu t ion to the W o r l d ' s present d i sp lacement , a n d we have the g r a n d assurance of b o t h the P y r a m i d a n d the B i b l e tha t th i s w i l l a c t u a l l y come to pass at a n a p p o i n t e d t i m e i n the D i v i n e purpose . I n the m e a n t i m e , we c a n see h o w u t t e r l y fut i le i t w o u l d be for us to a t t e m p t to es tabl i sh a new order o n a n en t i r e ly m a t e r i a l basis .

B u t w h e n is the a p p o i n t e d t i m e for the comple te rec t i f ica t ion of the W o r l d ' s i l l s ? I f i t is the D i v i n e w i l l to r evea l th is to us i n ou r d a y , i t w i l l , of course, be s h o w n o n the P y r a m i d ' s


chronograph w h i c h , as we have seen, is p o r t r a y e d i n the in te r io r passages a n d chambers . L e t us therefore t u r n our a t t en t ion aga in to the in te r io r , a n d con t inue our i nves t i ga t i on the re in .

W e reached the p lace where the life a n d w o r k of Chr i s t at H i s F i r s t A d v e n t is p o r t r a y e d , n a m e l y , at the upper end of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage a n d b e g i n n i n g of the G r a n d G a l l e r y . J u s t before p roceed ing f rom th i s po in t , i t s h o u l d be observed tha t , w i t h the e x c e p t i o n of the D e s c e n d i n g Passage w h i c h is under the d o m i n a t i o n of the forces of e v i l , a l l the m a i n passages i n the P y r a m i d rad ia te f rom the spot p o r t r a y i n g the dea th a n d resur rec t ion of Chr i s t , t hus i n d i c a t i n g tha t the whole D i v i n e purpose a n d a r rangement centres i n Ch r i s t a n d rests on H i m . — H e is the h u b a n d centre of the D i v i n e P l a n .

O n the d a y of Pentecost A.D. 33, as referred to above , the p u t t i n g i n t o ope ra t ion Chr i s t ' s i n j u n c t i o n to p reach the G o s p e l to a l l na t ions t h roughou t the W o r l d , b e g i n n i n g at J e ru sa l em, cons t i t u t ed the f u l l i n a u g u r a t i o n of the C h r i s t i a n D i s p e n s a t i o n or, as i t is somet imes t e rmed , the G o s p e l A g e . W h e n Jesus was asked w h a t w o u l d be the s ign of " t h e e n d of the A g e " ( M a t t h e w 24, 3 — R e v i s e d V e r s i o n , ma rg in ) , H i s r e p l y con ta ined the fo l l owing s t a t e m e n t : " A n d th is gospel of the K i n g d o m sha l l be p reached i n a l l the w o r l d for a wi tness un to a l l n a t i o n s ; a n d t h e n s h a l l the e n d c o m e " ( M a t t h e w 24, 1 4 ) . T o - d a y , th i s G o s p e l has n o w been t r ans l a t ed i n to more t h a n a t housand languages a n d dia lects , a n d has been p reached b o t h b y w o r d of m o u t h a n d p r i n t e d page th roughou t the whole E a r t h — t o every na t i on . T r u e , the b u l k of the wor ld ' s p o p u l a t i o n has no t been c o n v e r t e d to C h r i s t i a n i t y , b u t t h a t is no t w h a t was s t a t e d ; the G o s p e l of the K i n g d o m was to be p reached th roughout the w o r l d as a witness, a n d tha t wi tness has n o w been g i v e n to eve ry n a t i o n o n the face of the E a r t h . T h e w o r k of b r i n g i n g a l l h u m a n i t y i n t o h a r m o n y w i t h the D i v i n e w i l l a n d ar rangements is e v i d e n t l y the purpose of an age ye t future. H o w e v e r , the u n i v e r s a l p r o c l a m a t i o n of the G o s p e l has been accompl i shed , a n d , therefore on the a u t h o r i t y of Jesus Chr is t , we are n o w i n the end of the G o s p e l A g e .


W h a t has the P y r a m i d to say about the end of the age? The P y r a m i d reveals tha t not o n l y are we i n the e n d of the age, b u t i n the end of a n order of ages a n d tha t a new order is i m m i n e n t . I n th i s connec t ion i t is s ignif icant t ha t the mot to of the younges t of the large na t ions of to -day , the U n i t e d States of A m e r i c a , is " A n e w order of ages." F r o m the P y r a m i d ' s i nch -yea r measurements we have a l r eady ascertained tha t the G r a n d G a l l e r y , represent ing the Gospe l Age , was due to beg in i n the S p r i n g of A.D. 33, a n d the accu racy of th i s has been con f i rmed b y h i s to r i c fact. T h e l e n g t h of the G r a n d G a l l e r y a p p r o p r i a t e l y reveals the d u r a t i o n of the Gospe l A g e . W h e n the e n d of the G r a n d G a l l e r y is reached however , i t is n o t fo l lowed b y another m a i n passage c o n t i n u i n g o n w a r d at the same gradient , b u t b y a series of s m a l l short h o r i z o n t a l passages emerg ing i n t o a great chamber , c o m m o n l y k n o w n as the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r . T h i s c h a m b e r is b u i l t en t i re ly of grani te , is w e l l v e n t i l a t e d a n d has no ex i t . These arrangements s h o w tha t at the t e r m i n a t i o n of th i s age we are not s u d d e n l y ushered i n t o a n e w era at a c e r t a in date , b u t at the close of the age there is a diff icul t , t roub lous t r ans i t i on pe r iod d u r i n g w h i c h the o l d order is b rough t t o a n end a n d the new brought i n . T h e b e g i n n i n g of these s m a l l , short passages at the e n d of the G r a n d G a l l e r y a p p r o p r i a t e l y m a r k s the date of the beg inn ing of th i s c o m p a r a t i v e l y short t r a n s i t i o n pe r iod . A s the date of the b e g i n n i n g of the G r a n d G a l l e r y on the P y r a m i d ' s c h r o n o g r a p h is the S p r i n g of A.D. 33 a n d the l eng th of the G r a n d G a l l e r y is f u l l y 1,881 P y r a m i d inches, the e n d therefore m a r k s the f a l l of A.D. 1914 as the date w h e n the p a i n f u l t ransi t i o n p e r i o d was due. A l l m idd l e - aged a n d e lder ly readers w i l l w e l l r emember the great events of 1914 w h i c h m a r k e d the s tar t of the b r e a k i n g u p of the o l d order , e x a c t l y o n t i m e i n accordance w i t h the c h r o n o g r a p h of the Grea t P y r a m i d . B o t h Chr i s t a n d D a n i e l s t a ted tha t th i s age w o u l d t e rmina te w i t h " a t i m e of t r oub le s u c h as neve r was , since there was a n a t i o n " a n d we have t r u l y wi tnessed th i s before our eyes, i n v a r y i n g degrees of i n t e n s i t y ever since 1914.

T h e fact t ha t the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r is a spacious h a l l a n d not


a passage shows tha t i t represents a pe rmanen t n e w order a n d not s i m p l y a t rans ien t age. T h e fur ther fact t h a t i t has no ex i t ind ica tes t h a t i t symbol i ses a f i n a l i t y — a des t iny . A l t h o u g h the c h a m b e r is encased w i t h i n hundreds of feet of s o l i d m a s o n r y i t is f looded w i t h fresh a i r b y means of i ts t w o great a i r channels , so t ha t one c a n brea the freely, thus s y m b o l i s ing a c o n d i t i o n of life a n d l i b e r t y .

H i s t o r y has been m a d e so fast s ince 1914 a n d e p o c h - m a k i n g changes a n d deve lopments are n o w t a k i n g p lace one after another i n so shor t a t i m e t h a t i t w o u l d be qu i t e i m p r a c t i c a b l e t o p o r t r a y i n stone the present p e r i o d at the c o m p a r a t i v e l y s m a l l genera l scale of a n i n c h to a year , hence the G r e a t A r c h i tec t of the P y r a m i d has a d o p t e d the same procedure tha t a l l wise a rch i tec ts a n d car tographers adop t w h e n i t is necessary to r evea l the detai ls of some i m p o r t a n t sec t ion tha t cannot v e r y well be s h o w n o n the scale of the genera l p l a n or m a p , n a m e l y , inser t a n inset at a la rger scale. I n the case of a m a p of a c o u n t r y , i t is qu i te c o m m o n to f ind a n inset s h o w i n g the p r i n c i p a l c i t y at a m u c h larger scale t h a n the genera l map . T a k e a m a p of Pa les t ine for e x a m p l e ; o n such , i t is u s u a l to see a n inset of J e r u s a l e m a n d i t s env i rons at a la rger scale, because t h a t p lace is the me t ropo l i s a n d i t is imposs ib le to s h o w the detai ls of the c i t y w i t h i ts suburbs a n d surroundings at the o r d i n a r y scale o n w h i c h the m a p of the c o u n t r y is p o r t r a y e d . S i m i l a r l y , o n the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronog raph , when i t is r equ i r ed to s h o w a v e r y i m p o r t a n t sec t ion of h i s t o r y (or w h a t w i l l become h i s to ry) i n w h i c h great deve lopments take p lace i n such r a p i d succession t h a t i t is imposs ib le t o depict such at the scale of the genera l c h r o n o g r a p h (an i n c h t o a year) the Grea t A r c h i t e c t of the P y r a m i d has dev i sed insets at a larger scale. W e somet imes hear people speak ing of " c h a n g e of s c a l e " i n the P y r a m i d , bu t th i s express ion is r ad ica l ly w r o n g : there is no such t h i n g . I n the e x a m p l e of the map of Pa les t ine just m e n t i o n e d , no one w o u l d say tha t there is a change of scale i n the m a p o n account of the inset of Jerusa lem b e i n g inser ted at a larger scale. Changes of scale i n a p l a n or m a p w o u l d be i n c o n s i s t e n t ; i n fact the m a p w o u l d be reduced


to a n absu rd i t y . Imag ine w h a t a m a p of S c o t l a n d w o u l d be l i ke w i t h the C o u n t y of R o x b u r g h a t one scale, Abe rdeen shire at ano ther scale, the Isle of S k y e at s t i l l another , a n d so o n ! I t w o u l d o b v i o u s l y be a farce. T h e P y r a m i d presents a consis tent p l a n a n d to a t t e m p t to a p p l y changes of scale to the genera l char t , o r w i t h i n a n y i n d i v i d u a l inset , w o u l d be fa l lac ious . T o do so w o u l d be to t u r n the P y r a m i d i n t o " a n o l d f i d d l e " o n w h i c h y o u c o u l d p l a y a n y tune y o u l ike .

T h e G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s ent i re c h r o n o g r a p h or C h a r t o f the Ages is cons t ruc ted i n stone, a n d the scale is cons i s t en t ly a P y r a m i d i n c h to a year at the grad ien t of the Mess ian ic A n g l e th roughout . The re is no change of scale anywhere , ne i ther is there a n y d e v i a t i o n f r o m the Mess ian ic o r Chr i s t A n g l e , w h i c h is the slope at w h i c h the m a i n passages are cons t ruc ted . A t t a c h e d to the l o n g s lop ing passages w h i c h define the general ch ronograph are shor ter h o r i z o n t a l ones i n the f o r m of insets to the general char t . I t is essent ia l to observe t h a t the genera l ch ronograph is never o n the h o r i z o n t a l , a n d tha t inser t ions or insets are never o n the slope. T h e inser t ions m a y be at a larger, smal le r o r the same scale a cco rd ing t o the s t r u c t u r a l da ta supp l i ed , b u t those at a la rger scale are the more usua l , as, for reasons g i v e n above , t h e y are more often requ i red . If a passage is h o r i z o n t a l , i t is consequen t ly off the genera l ch ronograph (which is d i s p l a y e d en t i r e ly a t the Chr i s t A n g l e of 26o 18 ' 9.7") a n d t h a t fact alone reveals t h a t i t is a n inset . If at the b e g i n n i n g of a h o r i z o n t a l passage the contac t w i t h the s l o p i n g passage s y s t e m of the genera l ch ronograph is i n the f o r m of a d i sconnec t ion or break-off i t a p p r o p r i a t e l y represents a " b r e a k - o f f " i n the scale, wh i l s t the n e w scale of the inset is r evea led i n the c o n s t r u c t i o n of the d i sconnec t ion or break-off .

I n the case of the h o r i z o n t a l T r a n s i t i o n Passage S y s t e m b e y o n d the e n d of the G r a n d G a l l e r y the difference of scale is i n d i c a t e d b y the fact tha t i ts floor does not j o i n o n to the s lop ing floor of the G r a n d G a l l e r y at the j u n c t i o n of the t w o passages, bu t is e leva ted to a h igher l e v e l a n d d isconnected


f r o m i t . A s w i l l be seen f r o m the d i a g r a m o n the opposi te page the h o r i z o n t a l f loor projects b a c k w a r d for f u l l y five feet i n to the G r a n d G a l l e r y w h i l s t the s l o p i n g floor of the l a t t e r t e rmina tes a b r u p t l y n e a r l y three feet be low, t hus f o r m i n g w h a t is k n o w n as the Grea t S tep . E v e n the s l o p i n g floor l ine w h e n i t reaches the e n d of the G r a n d G a l l e r y does no t co inc ide w i t h the h o r i z o n t a l floor of the T r a n s i t i o n Passages b u t falls short b y a v e r t i c a l d is tance of ove r 5-1/2 inches. T h e p ro jec t ion of the h o r i z o n t a l floor i n to the G r a n d G a l l e r y over laps the general ch ronograph of the l a t t e r to the ex tent of f u l l y 68 inches ( A B on the d iagram) wh i l s t the h o r i z o n t a l floor, as we have just seen, is e leva ted f u l l y 5-1/2 inches above the G r a n d G a l l e r y floor l ine at the j u n c t i o n of the passages ( B C on the d iagram) . T h e r a t io of these t w o d i sconnec t ions—the overl ap a n d the e l eva t ion—is the r a t i o of the n e w scale o n the h o r i z o n t a l inset to the o r d i n a r y scale of the genera l chronog r a p h on the slope at the Mess ian ic A n g l e . T h i s r a t i o is as 365.242 to 30. T h a t is t o say , t ha t whereas o n the scale of the general c h r o n o g r a p h a n i n c h represents 365.242 days (a year) , i t o n l y represents 30 days (a mon th ) o n the inset scale of the h o r i z o n t a l T r a n s i t i o n Passages b e y o n d the G r a n d G a l l e r y .

T h e first sect ion of the T r a n s i t i o n Passage sy s t em consists of a short l o w con t r ac t ed passage b u i l t of l imes tone . T h i s is the last l imestone passage i n the upper p a r t of the P y r a m i d ' s in ter ior passage s y s t e m ; b e y o n d th i s e v e r y t h i n g is a lmos t ent i re ly grani te . I t presents a great cont ras t to the l o f ty G r a n d G a l l e r y p receding i t , a n d ind ica tes a p lunge i n t o s t renuous a n d difficu l t t imes w h i c h , as we have a l r eady seen, was due to start i n A.D. 1914 acco rd ing t o the P y r a m i d measurements . The l eng th of th i s l i t t l e passage, s y m b o l i s i n g the first phase of the t roub lous t r a n s i t i o n pe r iod , is 52 inches , w h i c h at the inset scale of a n i n c h to a m o n t h of 30 days represents 52 times 30 days , tha t is , 1,560 days . O n 4 t h A u g u s t , 1914, Great B r i t a i n declared w a r o n G e r m a n y a n d w i t h i n a few months a dozen na t ions were i n v o l v e d i n the G r e a t W a r . Precisely 1,560 days la ter , i n accordance w i t h the Grea t P y r a m i d ' s


T H E A M E R I C A N S T E P IN THE

GREAT PYRAMID


r eve la t ion , the G r e a t W a r ended on n t h N o v e m b e r , 1918. I t s h o u l d be no t ed , too , t h a t th i s i n c h - m o n t h inset scale i n the h o r i z o n t a l T r a n s i t i o n Passages was k n o w n before the Grea t W a r began. I n the y e a r 1904 i t was thus a p p l i e d b y W i l l i a m R e e v e of T o r o n t o , C a n a d a . F i v e years la ter , i n 1909, W i l l i a m R e e v e p u b l i s h e d a b o o k en t i t l ed History ful

filling Prophecy, i n w h i c h he s t a t ed tha t the first p o r t i o n of th i s passage f o l l o w i n g the G r a n d G a l l e r y represented a pe r iod of t roub le l a s t i ng 4 years a n d 4 m o n t h s , d u r i n g w h i c h the B r i t i s h R a c e w o u l d be i n v o l v e d i n w a r b u t not be defeated. H i s t o r y has n o w demons t r a t ed t h a t he was correct i n these t w o pa r t i cu la r s , for the G r e a t W a r l a s t ed p r a c t i c a l l y 4 years a n d 4 m o n t h s a n d the enemies of the B r i t i s h R a c e suffered defeat. I n w h a t w a y B r i t a i n is deno ted i n the P y r a m i d , we sha l l e x p l a i n p resen t ly .

F o r o ther detai ls i n connec t ion w i t h th i s p e r i o d of t rouble we mus t t u r n to ano ther h o r i z o n t a l inset s i t ua t ed v e r t i c a l l y benea th th i s one, n a m e l y , the sub te r ranean h o r i z o n t a l inset sys tem, the p r i n c i p a l feature of w h i c h is the Grea t Sub te r ranean C a v i t y or " c h a m b e r " cut ou t i n the n a t u r a l l imes tone rock. I t s h o u l d be c l e a r l y unde r s tood at th i s j u n c t u r e t ha t o n the P y r a m i d ' s c h r o n o g r a p h (either o n the genera l ch ronograph or o n a n inset) a date is not s i m p l y m a r k e d b y a po in t b u t b y the ent i re v e r t i c a l a l i gnmen t of the p a r t i c u l a r po in t . A v e r t i c a l l ine d r a w n a t a n y p lace o n the genera l char t of s lop ing passages m a r k s the self-same date o n wha t eve r passages it m a y intersect . F o r example , i f we select a po in t o n the floor of the G r a n d G a l l e r y , s a y 1,000 inches u p f rom the beg inn ing of t ha t passage, thus m a r k i n g the date A.D. 1033 a n d d r o p a v e r t i c a l l ine theref rom d o w n to t h e D e s c e n d i n g Passage beneath , i t w i l l be found tha t the po in t where i t intersects the floor of the l a t t e r passage also m a r k s the date A.D. 1033. T h e same ru le appl ies to the h o r i z o n t a l insets cons t ruc t ed on the i n c h - m o n t h scale. A v e r t i c a l l ine d r o p p e d f r o m the point m a r k i n g 4 t h A u g u s t , 1914, at the b e g i n n i n g of the T r a n s i t i o n Passages falls jus t w i t h i n the G r e a t Sub te r r anean C a v i t y at i t s commencemen t . T h e end of the floor of the passage


l ead ing i n t o the C a v i t y lies o n l y 1/4 of a n i n c h to the n o r t h of th is v e r t i c a l l ine . A s the scale o n the h o r i z o n t a l insets is an i n c h to a m o n t h of 30 days (unless spec ia l ly shown to be different, as i n the case of the H o r i z o n t a l Passage to the Queen's C h a m b e r ) , the entrance to the G r e a t Sub te r ranean C a v i t y therefore m a r k s a date 1/4 of 30 days , t ha t is 7-1/2 days , p r io r to the n i g h t of 4 t h A u g u s t , 1914, n a m e l y 28 th J u l y , 1914, the v e r y d a y on w h i c h the first dec l a ra t ion of w a r was made i n the G r e a t W a r . H o s t i l i t i e s began w h e n A u s t r i a - H u n g a r y dec lared w a r o n S e r v i a , 28 th J u l y , 1914. F o u r days la ter , 1st A u g u s t , G e r m a n y dec la red w a r o n R u s s i a , a n d on 3 r d A u g u s t G e r m a n y dec la red w a r on F r a n c e , then , o n the fo l lowing d a y , 4 t h A u g u s t , jus t a week after the b e g i n n i n g of hos t i l i t i es , G r e a t B r i t a i n dec la red w a r on G e r m a n y .

B u t the ques t ion n a t u r a l l y arises, W h y s h o u l d the date of the b e g i n n i n g of the Grea t W a r be s h o w n i n the lower regions of the P y r a m i d b u t the date of B r i t a i n ' s e n t r y i n to t ha t w a r be p o r t r a y e d i n the upper passages? I t w i l l be reca l led tha t the D e s c e n d i n g Passage represents the course of the na t ions of the w o r l d i n general , as affected b y e v i l influences, wh i l s t the A s c e n d i n g Passages feature the course of those par t ies w h o have come under d i rec t D i v i n e influence t h r o u g h the ages a n d w i t h w h o m G o d has been dea l ing i n a specific m a n n e r for a p a r t i c u l a r purpose . Those w h o s y m b o l i c a l l y t raverse the G r a n d G a l l e r y a n d the h o r i z o n t a l T r a n s i t i o n S y s t e m b e y o n d , have been a n d are b e i n g G o d - d i r e c t e d w i t h a final object i n v i e w i n connec t ion w i t h the des t iny of the h u m a n race. A s the T r a n s i t i o n Passages l ead i n t o the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r s y m b o l i s i n g the es tab l i shment of the N e w Orde r of l i b e r t y a n d l i fe , the people w h o are represented as t r ave r s ing those passages are the D i v i n e l y d i rec ted h u m a n ins t rumen t selected for the purpose . T h e na t ions of the w o r l d i n general canno t be represented there, for the i r course as we have seen is i n the D e s c e n d i n g Passage. O n l y those par t ies under D i v i n e G u i d a n c e tha t are to have a p a r t t o p l a y as h o n o u r e d ins t rumen t s i n the D i v i n e P l a n for the u l t i m a t e s a l v a t i o n a n d b less ing of a l l m a n k i n d , are represented i n the ascending


passages of the P y r a m i d ; t ha t is w h y Chr i s t is s h o w n there, also the c r e a m of J e w r y (in G o d ' s s ight) , w i t h those w h o c o m prise the t rue C h u r c h of G o d (but no t a n y p a r t i c u l a r d e n o m i n a t i o n , for some of the Sa in t s are outs ide a l l denomina t ions ) . A s g i v e n more i n d e t a i l la te r , each of these par t ies has a n appropr ia te func t ion i n the se t t ing u p of the N e w Order . B u t i n a d d i t i o n t o those enumera ted above there is another p a r t y tha t has a n honou red t a sk to pe r fo rm i n the i n a u g u r a t i o n of th is N e w Order . W h i l e another p a r t of the P y r a m i d shows tha t there w i l l u l t i m a t e l y be a h a r m o n i o u s u n i v e r s a l i n t e r n a t i o n a l state f r o m w h i c h war , a rmamen t s a n d a m u l t i t u d e of other evi l s w i l l be en t i r e ly abo l i shed , nevertheless i n the present t r ans i t i on p e r i o d of i n t e r n a t i o n a l s tr i fe , some race or na t ion , i n the v e r y na tu re of th ings , mus t l ead the w a y as the spearhead t h r o u g h the t roub le a n d finally out of the chaos i n to the N e w Orde r of jus t ice a n d f reedom. W h o are the p r iv i l eged people to w h o m P r o v i d e n c e has en t rus ted th i s noble t a s k ? T h e P y r a m i d c l ea r ly shows t h a t 4 t h A u g u s t , 1914, was the date w h e n th i s people were p l u n g e d i n t o the great unprecedented t roub le a n d t h a t t h e y w o u l d con t inue i n the first phase of i t (The Grea t W a r ) for p rec i se ly 1,560 days , as revea led b y the detai ls of the entrance i n t o the T r a n s i t i o n Passages as g i v e n above. W h a t e v e r great n a t i o n entered the Grea t W a r on tha t d a y a n d r e m a i n e d i n the w a r for the pe r iod specified is the N a t i o n thus h o n o u r e d to l ead the na t ions in to the g r a n d n e w age n o w i m m i n e n t . I t was Grea t B r i t a i n w h o declared w a r o n G e r m a n y tha t d a y i n order to keep her w o r d a n d honour her treaties whe re in she h a d s o l e m n l y p romised to pro tec t s m a l l a n d weake r na t ions f rom aggression, a n d , t rue to the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronograph , B r i t a i n r e m a i n e d i n tha t struggle for 1,560 days t i l l the aggressor was defeated for the t i m e be ing . Therefore the B r i t i s h are the race thus honoured to l e a d the w a y i n t o the N e w Order , a n d th i s has become more a n d more ev ident as we have p l o u g h e d t h r o u g h these p a i n f u l years o f t r ans i t i on .

I n the present greater W o r l d W a r i t was aga in B r i t a i n who at the v e r y outset dec la red w a r o n the same beas t l y aggressor


for the same m e a n a c t i o n of p o u n c i n g merc i less ly on l i t t l e ne ighbours weake r t h a n i tself ( B e l g i u m i n 1914 a n d P o l a n d i n 1939). A n d after the col lapse of F r a n c e i n 1940, the B r i t i s h s tood alone as the sole champions of l i b e r t y against the m i g h t y aggression tha t th rea tened the whole w o r l d w i t h i ts bes t i a l i ty . H o w fitting were the words of the B r i t i s h P r i m e M i n i s t e r , the Pvt. H o n . W i n s t o n C h u r c h i l l , w h e n i n December , 1941, he sa id , " H e mus t i ndeed have a b l i n d sou l w h o cannot see tha t some great purpose a n d des ign is b e i n g w o r k e d out here below, of w h i c h we have the honour to be f a i th fu l servants . "

T h i s D i v i n e v o c a t i o n , however , is no t l i m i t e d to the B r i t i s h Isles, bu t extends to the who le s tock of w h i c h B r i t a i n is the k e r n e l , a n d hence, i n the u l t i m a t e , inc ludes the whole Norse-A n g l o - C e l t o - S a x o n R a c e i n the B r i t i s h E m p i r e a n d U . S. A . , a n d i n f ragments outs ide these confines, such as Ice land . I n fact , the P y r a m i d singles out the t w o great na t ions , Grea t B r i t a i n a n d the U . S. A . a n d the v e r y t i n y n a t i o n of I ce l and as each p e r f o r m i n g a d i s t i nc t i ve func t ion , t h o u g h i n comple te u n i s o n a n d co-opera t ion , i n the D i v i n e scheme of th ings ahead.

W h i l s t the D i v i n e a r rangements for the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w O r d e r are revea led i n the upper passages of the P y r a m i d , the O l d Orde r a n d i ts de s t i ny are p o r t r a y e d i n the lower passages. F o r thousands of years the w o r l d has been more or less d o m i n a t e d b y aggressive e m p i r e s — i n ear l ier ages, b y A s i a t i c na t ions , bu t d u r i n g the past 2, 200 years b y powers of C o n t i n e n t a l E u r o p e , w h o are s t i l l a t t e m p t i n g w o r l d d o m i n a t i o n to -day . These powers a n d the e v i l influences c o n t r o l l i n g t h e m are dep ic t ed b y the l o n g D e s c e n d i n g Passage, as exp l a ined above . T h e D e s c e n d i n g Passage fittingly represents the O l d Orde r , w h i l s t the A s c e n d i n g Passages a n d uppe r p o r t i o n of the P y r a m i d p o r t r a y the D i v i n e p r epa ra t i on for, a n d the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w Order , w h i c h is s h o w n to be pe rmanen t , for i t w i l l be D i v i n e l y d i r ec ted a n d con t ro l l ed . T h e t y r a n n y of the O l d O r d e r increased u n t i l the W o r l d was finally p l u n g e d in to the D a r k Ages , as is s y m b o l i s e d b y the D e s c e n d i n g Passage g o i n g ever d o w n , d o w n , d o w n , for m a n y


hundreds of inches. T h e D a r k Ages deve loped g r a d u a l l y d u r i n g the m i d d l e centur ies of the C h r i s t i a n E r a a n d ended w i t h the Renaissance ( R e v i v a l of L e a r n i n g ) a n d the R e f o r m a t i o n . D u r i n g the b lackes t p a r t of the D a r k Ages t y r a n n y a n d in to lerance h a d reached a t e r r ib le p i t c h . I f a pe r son da red to possess even a c o p y of the B i b l e i n h is n a t i v e language he r i s k e d his l i fe , a n d i f he da red to p r e a c h the Scr ip tu res a n d give out an i n t e rp r e t a t i on c o n t r a r y to t h a t s anc t ioned b y " t h e powers tha t b e " he was u s u a l l y t o r t u r e d or b u r n t at the s take. T h e B i b l e was kep t b u r i e d i n a dead language, L a t i n , w i t h the del ibera te ma l i c ious i n t e n t i o n of keep ing the masses of the people i n the darkness of ignorance , for w e l l d i d the v i l l a i n s k n o w tha t the B i b l e is the t o r c h of c i v i l i s a t i o n a n d l i b e r t y a n d tha t i f the peoples got to k n o w r e a l l y w h a t Chr i s t d i d teach , t hen the i r d i a b o l i c a l priest-ridden regime w o u l d come to an ing lor ious e n d — " W h e r e the S p i r i t of Ch r i s t is , there is l i b e r t y . "

T h e Renaissance , the A g e of G e o g r a p h i c a l D i s c o v e r y , a n d the R e f o r m a t i o n — a l l f a l l i ng w i t h i n the fifteenth a n d s ix teen th centur ies—put a b r ake o n the d o w n w a r d t r e n d of c i v i l i s a t i o n a n d p reven ted the w o r l d f rom s i n k i n g in to deeper d e p r a v i t y . H a d i t not been for these events the w o r l d i n our d a y w o u l d have been m u c h worse t h a n i t is. T h e s t a y i n g effect of these deve lopments o n the w o r l d ' s d o w n w a r d course is beau t i fu l ly p o r t r a y e d i n the P y r a m i d , for far d o w n the D e s c e n d i n g Passage at a par t tha t , b y measurement , represents the v e r y t i m e of those events , the passage bends f r o m a d o w n w a r d to a ho r i z o n t a l course, a n d at the same t i m e cont rac t s i n bore. In the ascending a n d upper passages, w h i c h symbol i se influences a n d forces tha t are good, a c o n t r a c t i o n i n the bore represents the opera t ion of such influences i n more con t r ac t ed c i r c u m stances, hence signifies res t ra in t , t roub le , d i f f icu l ty , bu t in the descending a n d lower passages, w h i c h symbol i se ev i l influences, a c o n t r a c t i o n i n bore symbol i ses the c o n t r a c t i o n or measure of res t ra in t of the e v i l forces, a n d so signifies a cond i t i o n i n w h i c h such e v i l powers have less scope a n d less effect. So w h i l e c o n t r a c t i o n i n bore a lways represents res t ra in t , the


resu l tan t deve lopments s y m b o l i s e d b y such m a y be opposites i n different pa r t s of the P y r a m i d .

So we see t ha t i n the D e s c e n d i n g Passage p o r t r a y i n g e v i l forces, the c o n t r a c t i o n i n bore represents a measure of res t ra int of such forces a n d hence cond i t ions more to lerable . O n the a c c o m p a n y i n g d i a g r a m the deta i l s are s h o w n of t ha t pa r t of the D e s c e n d i n g Passage where the b e n d a n d c o n t r a c t i o n occur . T h e dis tance f rom the E n t r a n c e of the P y r a m i d d o w n to the po in t where the b e n d takes p lace is 4,142-1/2 P y r a m i d inches. A s the E n t r a n c e m a r k s the f a l l of the yea r 2623 B.C., the b e n d therefore represents a date 4,142-1/2 years la ter , n a m e l y A.D. 1521, w h i l s t , as w i l l be observed f rom the d i a g r a m , the " l i n e s of i n f l u e n c e " of the h o r i z o n t a l sec t ion come in to p l a y 81 years ear l ier , i n A.D. 1440. H i s t o r y has c o m p l e t e l y ver i f i ed tha t the deve lopments d u r i n g the 81 years f rom 1440 p roduced the new c i rcumstances of greater f reedom f r o m 1521 onwards . N o w , 1440 m a r k e d the t i m e of the i n v e n t i o n of the p r i n t i n g m a c h i n e (the exact date of th i s e p o c h - m a k i n g i n v e n t i o n is not r eco rded i n h i s to ry , b u t i t is k n o w n to have been d u r i n g the second quar t e r of the fifteenth cen tu ry , a n d i t w i l l be n o t e d tha t 1440 is about the m i d d l e of tha t quar ter ) . P r i n t i n g p r o v e d to be the greatest m a t e r i a l power i n the spread of knowledge a n d a b o l i t i o n of ignorance—the v e r y factor r equ i red to b r i n g the D a r k Ages to a n end . T h e Renaissance or R e v i v a l of L e a r n i n g q u i c k l y fo l lowed a n d c o i n c i d e d w i t h the r a p i d deve lopment of p r i n t i n g , u l t i m a t e l y p r o d u c i n g the a l l ev ia t ed cond i t ions i n the f o r m of the R e f o r m a t i o n , beg inn ing i n G e r m a n y i n 1521, the v e r y date shown i n the P y r a m i d as the t u r n i n g p o i n t i n the cond i t i ons a n d the b e g i n n i n g of a measure of rel ief f r o m the t y r a n n y . A s D ' A u b i g n é ' s famous w o r k , The History of the Reformation, po in t s out , f r om 1521 o n w a r d the influence of the R e f o r m a t i o n spread l i ke wi ldf i re over E u r o p e . T h u s the great forces w h i c h the P y r a m i d showed w o u l d deve lop f r o m 1440 a n d w o u l d p roduce the great change i n 1521, became a n a c c o m p l i s h e d fact .

W h i l e the R e v i v a l of L e a r n i n g a n d the R e f o r m a t i o n effected the t e r m i n a t i o n of the D a r k Ages , t h e y d i d not end the O l d


O r d e r b y a n y m e a n s ; these events o n l y cons t i tu t ed the p r e l i m i n a r y stage. T o - d a y , four h u n d r e d years after the R e f o r m a t i o n , the e v i l forces of t y r a n n y a n d in tolerance, s cheming to recover f u l l w o r l d d o m i n a t i o n , are s t i l l cent red i n R o m e a n d B e r l i n (wi th a " n e w b r a n c h " opened i n T o k y o d u r i n g recent years) . T h e p e r i o d of h i s t o r y of the d o m i n a n t C o n t i n e n t a l na t ions f rom the R e f o r m a t i o n to our d a y is p o r t r a y e d between the b e n d i n the D e s c e n d i n g Passage a n d the G r e a t Sub te r r anean C a v i t y . A l t h o u g h we do not purpose to go in to the deta i l s i n th i s l i t t l e v o l u m e , as we deem i t more he lp fu l to devote the space to the present a n d future s i t ua t ions , we jus t m e n t i o n b y w a y of in teres t t ha t the p r i n c i p a l deve lopments s h o w n i n the lower p a r t of the P y r a m i d passage sys t em, refer r ing t o t ha t p e r i o d are the F r e n c h R e v o l u t i o n , N a p o l e o n i c W a r s a n d the decl ine of the P a p a c y i n E u r o p e . A l l the events s y m b o l i s e d d o w n i n t ha t p a r t as w e l l as the dates m a r k e d p e r t a i n e x c l u s i v e l y to the affairs of C o n t i n e n t a l E u r o p e . B r i t i s h a n d A m e r i c a n h i s t o r y of t h a t pe r iod is dep ic t ed en t i r e ly i n the uppe r passages of the P y r a m i d .

T h e t e r m i n a l h o r i z o n t a l p o r t i o n of the D e s c e n d i n g Passage leads f i na l l y i n t o the G r e a t Sub te r r anean C a v i t y . A c c o r d i n g to the u s u a l h o r i z o n t a l i n c h - m o n t h scale, the date m a r k e d b y the entrance in to the G r e a t Sub te r r anean C a v i t y , as we have above s h o w n , is 28 th J u l y , 1914, the d a y on w h i c h the Grea t W a r began , the first bel l igerents b e i n g C o n t i n e n t a l nat ions .

T h i s b r ings us to the i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of the s y m b o l i s m a n d the cons ide ra t ion of the c h r o n o l o g y re la t ive to the Grea t Sub te r r anean C a v i t y . T h i s S u b t e r r a n e a n " C h a m b e r " has a t e r r i f y i n g appearance , for i n i ts exceed ing ly rough-and-t u m b l e b o t t o m is a great y a w n i n g cra ter , i n the centre of w h i c h is a v e r t i c a l shaft, thus r e sembl ing the m o u t h of a vo l cano . I n the anc ien t E g y p t i a n r i t u a l i t was a l l u d e d to as the C h a m b e r of C e n t r a l F i r e a n d also the C h a m b e r of Chaos. I t is t r u l y the P y r a m i d ' s " C h a m b e r of H o r r o r s . " A s i t is a spacious p lace at the e n d of a passage s y m b o l i s i n g e v i l influences i t therefore represents a t i m e a n d c o n d i t i o n where in res t ra in t is w i t h d r a w n a n d the forces of e v i l u n l e a s h e d ; so, d u r i n g the


per iod i t represents, we c a n expect to see a ve r i t ab le " H e l l let l o o s e " on the Con t inen t of E u r o p e i n pa r t i cu l a r . I n 1914, r igh t on the v e r y d a y revea led i n the P y r a m i d , E u r o p e was p l u n g e d in to the inferno. T h e " t i m e of t roub le such as never was since there was a n a t i o n , " fore to ld b y Chr i s t a n d D a n i e l , began and , at the t i m e of w r i t i n g , s t i l l con t inues . I n th i s pa r t of the P y r a m i d no d i s t i nc t i on is m a d e be tween the W o r l d W a r of 1914 a n d the W o r l d W a r of 1939, no r the in te r v e n i n g W o r l d E c o n o m i c Depress ion . A l l these are p i c t u r e d as the one great t roub le a n d one great process. F r o m 1914 i t has r ea l ly been a l l the one war , the i n t e r v a l b e i n g m e r e l y an armis t ice . I n fact the P y r a m i d indica tes tha t the r ea l o r i g i n of the m a t t e r dates f rom the F r a n c o - P r u s s i a n W a r of 1870, the success of w h i c h u rged the G e r m a n s to prepare for a n d a t t emp t w o r l d d o m i n a t i o n b y means of the m a i l e d fist, a n d i n 1914 t h e y t hough t tha t the d a y h a d come to have i t .

H o w e v e r , the P y r a m i d leaves us i n no doub t as to the ou tcome of i t a l l . T h e who le of the Sub te r r anean C h a m b e r slopes d o w n to a n d converges u p o n the g a p i n g P i t , as the great crater w i t h i ts deep shaft is u s u a l l y ca l l ed . (The E g y p t i a n G o v e r n m e n t do not a l l o w the p u b l i c , even w h e n a c c o m p a n i e d b y official A r a b guides, to go in to the Sub te r r anean C h a m b e r , as i t is too dangerous.) T h e s y m b o l i s m is obv ious . T h e e v i l powers, w h e n let loose, ins tead of a c c o m p l i s h i n g t he i r objects , w i l l b r i n g about the i r o w n d e s t r u c t i o n — l a n d i n the P i t . T h i s means, of course, tha t the w o r l d of m a n k i n d w i l l be freed f rom the t y r an t s a n d beas t ly aggressors, w i t h w h i c h t h e y have been p l agued so long .

I t w i l l be observed f rom the d i a g r a m on the opposi te page tha t the exi t f r om the Grea t Sub te r r anean C h a m b e r is at a cons ide rab ly lower l eve l t h a n the entrance. I n t r a v e r s i n g the " c h a m b e r " f rom the entrance t o the ex i t i t is thus necessary not o n l y t o cross i t b u t also to d r o p f rom the floor of the entrance d o w n to the l e v e l of the floor of the ex i t . V e r t i c a l rises or drops i n the floors of the passages a n d chambers do not i n a n y w a y affect the da t ings on the P y r a m i d ' s chronograph . T h e a l t e ra t ion i n l eve l cannot i n i tse l f represent a n y

T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D

TH

E G

RE

AT

SUB

TERR

AN

EAN

"C

HA

MB

ER

" 79

8o T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D

fur ther dates, because a l l po in ts i n a v e r t i c a l p lane r u n n i n g direct across a passage or c h a m b e r (east-west) m a r k the same date as the in te rsec t ion of such p lane w i t h the regular floor l ine of the passage or chamber . Never the less w h e n t r a v e r s i n g the P y r a m i d ' s in t e r io r passages we cannot ignore these rises a n d falls w h e n we come to t h e m . W h e n such are encountered we mus t c l i m b ei ther u p or d o w n as the case m a y be, o therwise we w o u l d be unab le to proceed fur ther . A rise or d rop na tu r a l l y represents a deve lopment for the be t te r or worse, i n connec t ion w i t h wha t eve r is s y m b o l i s e d at the p a r t i c u l a r po in t , a n d the fact t ha t there is a c l i m b u p or d o w n i n v o l v e d , c lea r ly ind ica tes t ha t such has a ch rono log i ca l s ignif icance. So w h i l e the date on the P y r a m i d ' s c h r o n o g r a p h m a r k e d b y the rise or d r o p is t ha t of the b e g i n n i n g of the process or deve lopment s y m b o l i s e d the extent of the rise or f a l l represents the d u r a t i o n of the process or deve lopment , hence the t e r m i n a t i o n of such can be eas i ly ca l cu l a t ed b y s imp le a r i t h m e t i c , a l t h o u g h the date is no t a c t u a l l y s h o w n o n the c h r o n o g r a p h .

A s the Sub te r ranean C h a m b e r has no floor, the b o t t o m of i t r e sembl ing the rugged m o u n t a i n r o c k of a v o l c a n o , there i s therefore no floor l ine , hence the difference of 41 inches i n the floor levels of the entrance a n d ex i t is of i m p o r t a n t ch ronolog i ca l s ignificance. I t ind ica tes t ha t after the great aggressive C e n t r a l Powers of E u r o p e have reached the z e n i t h of the i r power , the d u r a t i o n of t he i r decl ine a n d f a l l is s y m b o l i s e d b y the d r o p to the l e v e l of the ex i t . T h e d is tance across the Sub te r ranean C h a m b e r , f r o m the e x t r e m i t y of the passage floor, f o r m i n g the entrance, to the opposi te side of the C h a m b e r as measured a long i ts ax i s is 322-5/8 P y r a m i d inches , represent ing 322-5/8 m o n t h s of 30 days each , w h i c h w h e n measu red f rom 28 th J u l y , 1914, come to 25 th J a n u a r y , 1941. O w i n g to the s l ight o b l i q u i t y a n d i r regular i t i es of the " c h a m b e r " the ex t reme measurement across is 5 inches more , v i z . 3 2 7 I inches, thus i n d i c a t i n g a 5 - m o n t h p e r i o d , 2 5 t h J a n u a r y - 2 5 t h June , 1941, w h e r e i n the c i r cums tances w o u l d deve lop t h a t w o u l d t u r n the t ide against the aggressor a n d u l t i m a t e l y b r i n g about the terr i f ic disaster to the w i c k e d powers as s y m b o l i s e d b y the


P i t . H i s t o r y n o w shows tha t these v e r y c i rcumstances deve loped r i gh t on t i m e , a n d as everyone n o w knows , 1941 was the " p i v o t a l y e a r " of th i s great w o r l d u p h e a v a l . T h e d rop thus represents the p e r i o d of the decl ine , f a l l a n d p u l v e r i s a t ion of the e v i l aggressive powers .

T h e b e g i n n i n g of the yea r 1941 f o u n d the arch-aggressor H i t l e r , assis ted b y h is p u p p e t M u s s o l i n i , s t i l l a d v a n c i n g a n d o v e r - r u n n i n g the s u r r o u n d i n g c o u n t r i e s ; i n fact, he was d o i n g jus t as he l i k e d i n C o n t i n e n t a l E u r o p e . W i t h o u t a single f r i end h e l p i n g , B r i t a i n was s t a n d i n g alone against the g igant ic a n d beas t l y m i l i t a r y mons te r . B u t b y the e n d of t ha t year w h a t a c h a n g e ! T h e re t r ea t ing a rmies of G e r m a n y a n d her a l l ies were b l e e d i n g a n d freezing t o d e a t h i n the R u s s i a n win te r , a n d the G e r m a n s a n d I t a l i ans i n N o r t h e r n A f r i c a were l ikewise b e i n g h u r l e d back . B r i t a i n b y then h a d ga ined m i g h t y al l ies , R u s s i a , U . S . A . a n d C h i n a . Consequen t ly , i n December , 1941, the B r i t i s h P r i m e M i n i s t e r t r u l y sa id , " W e reach the crest of the r o a d . " " T h e t ide is t u r n i n g against the H u n " — jus t as pre- recorded i n the P y r a m i d .

B u t h o w do the precise dates of the i n i t i a l causes of the b e g i n n i n g of the A x i s d o w n f a l l t a l l y w i t h the P y r a m i d dat ings J a n u a r y 25 th a n d J u n e 25 th , 1 9 4 1 ? U p t i l l the beg inn ing of 1941 A m e r i c a was n e u t r a l as regards the war . B u t r igh t o n the P y r a m i d date J a n u a r y 25 th , 1941 ( B r i t i s h t ime) , L o r d H a l i f a x a r r i v e d i n the U . S . A . f r om B r i t a i n ; he was g i v e n an unpreceden ted r ecep t ion b y Pres iden t Rooseve l t , a n d then A m e r i c a n legis la ture has tened to pass l aws to a i d B r i t a i n . W i t h i n a few m o n t h s the famous A t l a n t i c Cha r t e r was s igned, a n d before the y e a r h a d ended the U . S . A . was f u l l y i n to the w a r as a be l l igerent b y the side of B r i t a i n . T h a t the pa r t t a k e n b y A m e r i c a is a large factor i n " t h e t u r n i n g of the t ide agains t the H u n " no-one w i l l deny . T h e other great factor was the e n t r y of R u s s i a i n t o the w a r i n 1941, a n d the i m m e d i a t e results i n th i s case were even more s t r i k i n g . A s s h o w n b y the above measurements , J u n e 25 th , 1941, m a r k e d the l i m i t of the d o m i n a t i o n b y the E u r o p e a n d ic ta to rs acco rd ing to the P y r a m i d . T r u e t o the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronograph , the great F


dic ta tors c o n t i n u e d t o e x t e n d the i r d o m i n a t i o n r i gh t u p to the t i m e l i m i t . P r i o r t o J u n e , 1941, i f the d i c t a to r s dec ided t o domina te or conquer a c o u n t r y , i t became a n a c c o m p l i s h e d fact w i t h i n a few m o n t h s or weeks or even days . B u t w i t h the e n t r y of R u s s i a i n t o the w a r at m i d s u m m e r the d ic ta to r sh ip powers are n o w s t rugg l ing for the i r v e r y l ives a n d b leed ing to dea th , a n d have ne i ther the power no r the t i m e to e x t e n d the i r d o m i n a t i o n a n y more . O n 18 th J u n e , 1941, H i t l e r gave R u s s i a to the 25 th of the m o n t h , t ha t is , a week, for " c a p i t u l a t i o n to G e r m a n demands for c o n t r o l of the Sov ie t ' s food a n d m a t e r i a l resources ." B u t G e r m a n t roops crossed the R u s s i a n frontiers w i t h o u t w a r n i n g o n 2 2 n d J u n e , H i t l e r ' s excuse be ing tha t R u s s i a was p r e p a r i n g to a t t a c k G e r m a n y o n the 25 th , the e x p i r i n g date of the u l t i m a t u m . T h i s date, 25 th J u n e , 1941, w h e n G e r m a n y a n d R u s s i a were off ic ia l ly a t w a r , is the d a y s h o w n i n the P y r a m i d .

T h u s , t rue to the P y r a m i d ' s p rophe t i c measurements , the five m o n t h s 25 th J a n u a r y to 25 th J u n e , 1941, wi tnessed the c o m i n g i n t o opera t ion of those forces t h a t caused the t u r n i n the W o r l d W a r a n d are n o w b r i n g i n g d o w n the A x i s Powers . H o w l o n g w i l l the d o w n f a l l t a k e ? A s we have observed , the d rop d o w n t o the ex i t of the Sub te r r anean C h a m b e r is 41 inches,* represent ing 41 m o n t h s of 30 days , n a m e l y , 1,230 days, w h i c h w h e n coun ted f r o m the f ive m o n t h p e r i o d 25 th J a n u a r y - 2 5 t h J u n e , 1941, b r i n g us to the five m o n t h p e r i o d 7 t h J u n e -5 t h N o v e m b e r , 1944, w h i c h a p p r o p r i a t e l y m a r k s the e x i t or l i b e r a t i o n of E u r o p e f r o m the p i t of N a z i t y r a n n y a n d t h u s the t h r o w i n g of the N a z i s b a c k i n t o t he i r o w n den (Germany) . T h e fur ther d r o p f r o m the e x i t d o w n t o the b o t t o m of the chamber a t t h a t p o i n t i s 9 inches , b r i n g i n g us 9 m o n t h s l a t e r to 4 t h / 5 t h M a r c h — 1 s t / 2 n d A u g u s t , 1945 b y w h i c h t i m e we m a y expect the backbone of N a z i power t o be b r o k e n , a n d then fol lowed

* It is important to notice that when this drop of 41 inch-months is taken at the entrance to the Subterranean Chamber, and calculated from the entrance date, 28th July, 1914, the date revealed is 9 th December, 1917, the precise day on which Jerusalem was delivered by the British from age-long oppression, in fulfilment of the words of Christ, " Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles t i l l the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled,"

THE GREAT PYRAMID

b y the r e v o l u t i o n a r y era, as s y m b o l i s e d b y the b u m p y b o t t o m . B y the ex i t ou t of the G r e a t Sub te r r anean C a v i t y we enter

into w h a t is k n o w n as the D e a d E n d Passage. T h i s is the lowest passage i n the ent i re P y r a m i d , i n b o t h senses of the w o r d — i t is the lowest i n he ight , as w e l l as b e i n g at the lowest l eve l . I t s bore is o n l y about 29 inches square. T h i s , the greatest c o n t r a c t i o n i n the P y r a m i d ' s passages, shows tha t after 1944 the d o m i n a t i n g e v i l sys tems tha t t r y to rule the E a r t h w i l l be res t r i c ted to a n extent h i the r to u n k n o w n i n the h i s to ry of the w o r l d ! T h a t w i l l i ndeed be g r a n d ! B u t th is does no t m e a n tha t we are g o i n g to have U t o p i a or the M i l l e n n i u m a l l at once i n 1945. W h i l s t the col lapse of some of the m i g h t y e v i l sys tems w i l l doubt less h a p p e n w i t h a l a r m i n g suddenness, the res t ra in t of a l l the v a r i o u s e v i l influences i n the w o r l d w i l l be more g r a d u a l as s h o w n b y the fact t ha t the D e a d E n d Passage is of considerable l eng th , b u t as th i s takes us i n t o the future , i t is essential , before proceeding further, to ascer ta in i f i t is ye t the D i v i n e w i l l for us to k n o w a n y t h i n g of the future t imes , for i f not , t hen i t w o u l d be fut i le for us to a t t e m p t to in te rpre t the P y r a m i d ' s r eco rd of the future.

A l l the m a i n t ime-prophecies of the O l d Tes t amen t Scr ip tures are ga thered together i n one b o o k — D a n i e l . I n the c los ing chap te r of t ha t b o o k the D i v i n e i n j u n c t i o n is recorded " S h u t up the words a n d seal the b o o k . " S i x h u n d r e d years la ter this b o o k of D i v i n e " t i m e s a n d s e a s o n s " was s t i l l s e a l e d ; for w h e n Jesus was asked conce rn ing the t i m e of the end of the age a n d the se t t ing-up of the l o n g p r o m i s e d K i n g d o m of G o d o n ear th , H e s a i d : " I t is no t for y o u to k n o w the t imes or the seasons w h i c h the F a t h e r h a t h p u t i n H i s o w n p o w e r . " " N o m a n k n o w e t h , no , not the angels w h i c h are i n heaven, nei ther the S o n , b u t the F a t h e r o n l y . " So i n Chr i s t ' s d a y the t ime-features of the D i v i n e P l a n of the Ages were a p r o f o u n d secret, no t o n l y o n E a r t h b u t even amongs t the heaven ly hosts too. See ing t h a t Jesus sa id t ha t none i n heaven or on ear th k n e w except the A l m i g h t y F a t h e r , i t fol lows tha t none except the A l m i g h t y H i m s e l f c o u l d have been the Des igner of the G r e a t P y r a m i d , w h i c h , is a " b l u e p r i n t " of ages a n d w o r l d

83


events, p o r t r a y e d as a n accura te sca le -drawing , thousands of years before t h e y occur . B u t , pra ise be to G o d , th i s is not an e ternal secret, for the L o r d declares t h r o u g h the P r o p h e t D a n i e l tha t H e has pre-ar ranged an a p p o i n t e d t i m e w h e n the great secret is due to be revealed . H e says, " T h e words are c losed u p a n d sealed u n t i l the t i m e of the e n d . " I n th is connec t ion therefore i t is a m a t t e r of the first impor t ance to ascer ta in whe ther or not we have yet a r r i v e d at tha t appo in ted t ime . A s is to be expec ted , G o d has s u p p l i e d m a n y evidences b y w h i c h we w o u l d k n o w w h e n " t h e t i m e of the e n d " had come. H a v i n g g i v e n those f rom the P y r a m i d source, we deem i t advisab le , o w i n g to the v i t a l impor t ance of the m a t t e r to g ive fur ther S c r i p t u r a l p roo f also. H e r e are three of the p r i n c i p a l l ines of ev idence f rom the B i b l e : —

1. T w i c e over i n the B o o k of D a n i e l , n a m e l y , i n chap te r 2 a n d i n chap te r 7, G o d t h r o u g h the p rophe t gives a pano ramic v i e w of a l l the d o m i n a n t empires t h a t w o u l d rise a n d f a l l i n succession f rom D a n i e l ' s d a y r igh t d o w n t h r o u g h the ages t i l l " t h e t i m e of the e n d , " w h e n a N e w O r d e r under D i v i n e d i rec t ion w o u l d be inaugura ted . These empires have r isen a n d passed in to h i s t o r y i n the v e r y succession fore to ld , w i t h the precise character is t ics fore to ld , a n d o c c u p y i n g the exact t ime fore to ld , a n d n o w the final phase of the last of these is pass ing a w a y o n the Con t inen t of E u r o p e to -day . These empires are B a b y l o n , M e d o - P e r s i a , Greece, a n d R o m e i n i ts var ious phases a n d deve lopments , n a m e l y , P a g a n R o m e , P a p a l R o m e , a n d l a s t l y the aggressive powers of m o d e r n E u r o p e (centred i n R o m e a n d B e r l i n ) n o w b e i n g smashed . H e r e , then, is one evidence tha t we are i n " t h e t i m e of the e n d . "

2. B u t for those w h o are en t i r e ly u n a c q u a i n t e d w i t h w o r l d h i s to ry G o d has s u p p l i e d another p roof w h i c h the s imples t m i n d can apprecia te . H e has t o l d us the cond i t i ons tha t w o u l d characterise " t h e t i m e of the e n d . " A l l we have to do is to look a r o u n d us a n d see i f those cond i t i ons are before our eyes t o - d a y ; i f t hey are no t , t h e n i t is useless for us to t r y to unders t and the D i v i n e " t i m e s a n d s e a s o n s " ; bu t i f t h e y are, then the due t i m e is here to comprehend those great myster ies .


W h a t are the d i s t i ngu i sh ing charac ter i s t ics of m o d e r n t i m e s ? T h e y are t w o : (1) W i t h the adven t of mechan i sed t ransport th i s has become the age of t r a v e l . O n l y a l i t t l e over a hund red years ago N a p o l e o n was no t able t o t r a v e l a n y faster t h a n the P h a r a o h s 5,000 years before h i m , whereas n o w the whole w o r l d has become g r id - i roned w i t h r a i l w a y s , the oceans a netw o r k of s teamships routes , a n d the a tmosphere pe rmea ted b y great a i r l ines over b o t h l a n d a n d sea. (2) W e are also l i v i n g i n a d a y of great advancemen t of knowledge , a d a y of intense scientif ic research. B u t i n a d d i t i o n to the a d v a n c e d k n o w ledge b rough t to l i gh t b y the exper ts , we have also wor ld -wide diffusion of genera l knowledge b y means of free educa t ion a n d the c i r c u l a t i o n of books , magaz ines a n d newspapers b y the m i l l i o n at l o w cos t—a t h i n g en t i r e ly u n k n o w n i n the h i s t o ry of the w o r l d h i the r to . N o w these t w o are the v e r y condi t ions w h i c h the p rophe t D a n i e l s a i d w o u l d m a r k the t i m e of the end. I n D a n i e l 12, 4 , i t is r e c o r d e d : " I n the t i m e of the end m a n y sha l l r u n to a n d fro, a n d knowledge s h a l l be inc reased . " F e r r a r F e n t o n ' s t r a n s l a t i o n of the B i b l e i n to m o d e r n E n g l i s h renders th i s passage t h u s : " M a n y w i l l t r a v e l , a n d knowledge w i l l be inc reased . " T h e p rophe t also states the c o n d i t i o n i n w h i c h the t i m e of the e n d w i l l c u l m i n a t e , viz.: " A t i m e of t rouble such as never was since there was a n a t i o n . " E v e r y o n e w i l l agree tha t since 1914 we have exper ienced a n unprecedented p e r i o d of w o r l d - w i d e t roub le a n d strife. T r u l y the t i m e of the e n d is here.

3. F o r those w h o are of a c a l c u l a t i n g t y p e of m i n d G o d has also p r o v i d e d a ch rono log i ca l proof . T h e p e r i o d d u r i n g w h i c h those successive empires were to last u n t i l the i r smash ing began p r epa ra to ry to the es tab l i shment of the D i v i n e l y designed N e w O r d e r is s ta ted b y the P r o p h e t D a n i e l to be " S e v e n T i m e s , " a c r y p t i c express ion w h i c h is so lved i n the B o o k of R e v e l a t i o n . I n chapters 11, 12 a n d 13, a ce r t a in pe r iod is i n t e rchangeab ly spoken of as " f o r t y - t w o m o n t h s , " " 1 , 2 6 0 d a y s , " a n d " t i m e , t imes , a n d ha l f a t i m e " (i.e., three-and-a-half t imes) . Seeing therefore t ha t three-and-a-half T i m e s equa l 1,260 days , t hen Seven T i m e s are twice 1,260 days , i.e.,


2,520 days . (Note t ha t a T i m e represents a n ancient year of 360 days , t ha t is , 12 m o n t h s of 30 days.) I n ch rono log ica l p rophecy the D i v i n e l y p r o v i d e d scale is g iven i n E z e k i e l 4, 6, w h i c h s t a t e s : " I have a p p o i n t e d thee each d a y for a y e a r . " Therefore Seven T i m e s , o r 2,520 days , on the p r o p h e t i c a l scale represents 2,520 years i n a c t u a l t i m e . So t h e n 2,520 years after the f a l l of the yea r 607 B.C., w h e n the B a b y l o n i a n E m p i r e ga ined the ascendancy as the d o m i n a t i n g empi re of the day , br ings us to the f a l l of A.D. 1914 as the date for the b e g i n n i n g of " t h e t i m e of t r o u b l e , " whe re in the aggressive k i n g d o m s of E u r o p e are b r o k e n to pieces p r i o r to the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w Order . T r u e to the D i v i n e p rophe t i c c lock , the great smash ing t roub le began dead o n t i m e i n 1914, as we we l l remember .

So n o w we have g i v e n three independent l ines of p roof t ha t we are i n " t h e t i m e of the e n d , " a n d therefore G o d ' s a p p o i n t e d t i m e is here to r evea l to those w h o reverence H i m the wonde r fu l secrets p romised , a n d , depend u p o n i t , H e has kep t H i s p romise , w h i c h is ever fa i th fu l , ever sure. G o d has n o w revea led the ages a n d dispensat ions of H i s g r a n d p l a n ; a n d w h a t a reve la t i o n ! W h a t a p r iv i l ege to be s h o w n those g lor ious th ings w h i c h h i the r to the v e r y " a n g e l s des i red to l o o k i n t o . "

N o w w h e n the u n f o l d i n g has come i t is a grander a n d more glor ious r e v e l a t i o n t h a n we w o u l d ever have t hough t possible here be low, i n th i s age. N o t o n l y has p r a c t i c a l l y the who le of the B o o k of D a n i e l been revea led , bu t m a n y other h i the r to h i d d e n passages of Sc r ip tu re have y i e l d e d the i r secrets, so tha t n o w the ent i re p l a n of G o d i n a l l i t s m a i n features has been unfo lded before ou r eyes.

T h e h i d d e n m e a n i n g of the Grea t P y r a m i d , the i n t e r io r of w h i c h is b u t a " b l u e p r i n t , " i n stone, of the D i v i n e " t i m e s a n d s e a s o n s " recorded i n the B o o k of D a n i e l , has therefore also been kep t secret u n t i l t h i s " t i m e of the e n d . " T h a t is w h y even Jesus C h r i s t , at the t i m e H e was o n E a r t h , never once referred to the P y r a m i d . H a d the s l ightest h i n t been g iven tha t i t e m b o d i e d a scale d r a w i n g of the ages—past, present a n d f u t u r e — m a n m i g h t , at t ha t t i m e , have o b t a i n e d


an a p p r o x i m a t e idea , at least , of the t h e n future ages, bu t tha t w o u l d have been c o n t r a r y to the express w i l l a n d purpose of the F a t h e r . B u t i t is g r a n d tha t the " d u e t i m e " for the open ing of the B o o k of D a n i e l a n d the r evea l i ng of the m y s t e r y of the P y r a m i d is here. So we c a n n o w proceed to inves t iga te those po r t ions of the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronograph tha t relate to the future w i t h o u t a n y fear t ha t we w o u l d be p r y i n g in to a n y t h i n g tha t G o d does no t w i s h us to .

A s we have seen, the sou th w a l l of the Grea t Sub te r ranean " C h a m b e r " is geome t r i ca l l y def ined as m a r k i n g the date J a n u a r y 25 th , 1941. T h e l eng th of the D e a d E n d Passage b e y o n d is 645-3/8 P y r a m i d inches, represent ing 6 4 5 I m o n t h s of 30 days , t ha t is to say , 53 years a n d 3 days , w h i c h w i l l con sequen t ly r u n out o n J a n u a r y 28 th , 1994, b y w h i c h t i m e we m a y therefore expect the d o m i n a t i o n of a l l e v i l powers to have ceased. T h a t does no t m e a n t h a t there w i l l be no e v i l w h a t soever on the E a r t h after 1994, b u t i t does m e a n tha t eve ry e v i l i n s t i t u t i o n of eve ry desc r ip t ion (social , c i v i l a n d ecclesias t ical ) t ha t i n a n y w a y injures or deceives or oppresses h u m a n i t y w i l l h ave been swept off the face of the E a r t h b y t h a t t i m e . T h e e rad ica t ion of e v i l f r o m the i n d i v i d u a l sou l w i l l be a m u c h longer process, as we sha l l see la ter . N e v e r theless, the fact t ha t the D e s c e n d i n g a n d u n d e r g r o u n d sys t em of passages comes t o a b l i n d e n d at 1994 o n the ch ronograph , shows t h a t e v e r y t race of the O l d O r d e r of oppress ion (po l i t i ca l , financial a n d ecclesiast ical) w i l l have v a n i s h e d before the end of the present c e n t u r y . T h i s w i l l a l l be accompl i shed , of course, t h r o u g h the power of the N e w O r d e r to be inaugura ted d u r i n g the years t ha t n o w l ie i m m e d i a t e l y ahead of us.

H a v i n g t r aced the h i s t o r y , decl ine , col lapse a n d the final a n n i h i l a t i o n of the O l d O r d e r let us n o w go to the uppermos t p a r t of the P y r a m i d ' s in t e r io r passage s y s t e m a n d trace the i n a u g u r a t i o n , c o n s t i t u t i o n a n d ope ra t i on of the g r a n d N e w Orde r . T h e D e s c e n d i n g a n d u n d e r g r o u n d passages l e a d to a p i t a n d a b l i n d end , represent ing the u l t i m a t e fate of the O l d Orde r , b u t the sy s t em of a scend ing passages s y m b o l i s i n g the D i v i n e l y d i r ec ted p r epa ra t i on for the N e w Orde r l ead


f ina l ly u p to w e l l - v e n t i l a t e d a n d magn i f i cen t ly cons t ruc t ed chambers h a v i n g no exi t s , t hus s y m b o l i s i n g t h a t the c o n di t ions of the N e w O r d e r w i l l no t o n l y be g r a n d bu t pe rmanen t . T h i s D i v i n e l y con t ro l l ed N e w O r d e r is often referred to i n the Scr ip tures , a n d we are repea ted ly assured t h a t u l t i m a t e l y i t w i l l be b o t h un ive r sa l a n d pe rmanen t . — " i t s h a l l s t a n d for e v e r " a n d " s h a l l never be de s t royed . " I n po in t of t i m e the f u l l i n a u g u r a t i o n of th i s g r a n d N e w O r d e r is fo re to ld to fo l l ow the pass ing of the present aggressive powers of E u r o p e ( D a n i e l 2, 3 7 - 4 5 ) .

I n the B i b l e each of the great Orders i n W o r l d h i s t o r y is spoken of s y m b o l i c a l l y as a " w o r l d " c o m p r i s i n g " a heavens a n d an e a r t h . " T h e c o n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the ages before the F l o o d is ca l l ed " t h e w o r l d t ha t t h e n w a s " (2 Pe te r 3, 6) w h i l s t the present Orde r , n o w be ing smashed , is t e r m e d " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d " (Gala t ions 1, 4), a n d the pe rmanen t N e w O r d e r soon to be es tabl i shed is ca l l ed " t h e w o r l d to c o m e " (Hebrews 2, 5 ) . T h i s m e t a p h o r i c a l use of the w o r d " w o r l d " is not conf ined to the B i b l e ; we have the same i n m o d e r n E n g l i s h . F o r example , the la te B r i t i s h P r e m i e r , the R t . H o n . R a m s a y M a c D o n a l d sa id , " T h e r e is n o t h i n g less t h a n a w o r l d c r u m b l i n g beneath our feet." H e was , of course, re fer r ing to the c r u m b l i n g of the O l d O r d e r of 1914.

Ju s t as i n the l i t e r a l p h y s i c a l w o r l d we have the ea r t h w i t h the heavens (atmosphere, etc.) above i t , so l ikewise i n S c r i p t u r e each of the three great " w o r l d s " or Orders of h u m a n h i s t o r y is also s y m b o l i c a l l y t e r m e d " a heavens a n d e a r t h . " I n the t h i r d chap te r of 2 Pe te r the a rcha ic O r d e r or F i r s t W o r l d is also referred to as the heavens a n d ea r th t ha t were of o l d , bu t the Second W o r l d " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d " is spoken of as " t h e heavens a n d the ea r t h w h i c h are n o w , " w h i l s t the T h i r d W o r l d or N e w O r d e r is c a l l e d the " n e w heavens a n d new e a r t h . " O u r p lane t , the E a r t h , is , of course, the scene of a l l the three " w o r l d s " or orders. T h e s y m b o l i c " h e a v e n s " relate to the s p i r i t u a l c o n t r o l l i n g powers (good or evi l ) w h i l s t the s y m b o l i c " e a r t h " per ta ins to h u m a n socie ty as organised under the influence of such c o n t r o l l i n g powers . T h i s is v e r y


p l a i n l y shown i n the B i b l e , for d u r i n g " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d " the D e v i l is dec la red to be " t h e pr ince of the power of the a i r " t ha t is , the " h e a v e n s " ; he is ca l l ed " t h e g o d of th i s w o r l d " also " t h e p r ince of th i s w o r l d . " I n h a r m o n y w i t h th i s the A p o s t l e P a u l says " F o r we wrest le not against flesh a n d b l o o d , b u t against p r inc ipa l i t i e s , against powers , against the rulers of the darkness of th i s w o r l d , against s p i r i t u a l wickedness i n h i g h p laces . " E v i d e n t l y the D e v i l a n d his associate demons compr i se the " h e a v e n s " of " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d . " T h e cor respond ing " e a r t h " is represented i n h u m a n soc ie ty as organised b y the d o m i n a t i n g empires of h i s t o r y c u l m i n a t i n g i n the great aggressive powers of to -day . T h i s v i e w helps to e x p l a i n some mat te r s otherwise mys te r ious . I t is a lmos t inc red ib le t h a t a n y h u m a n beings, however dep r a v e d , w o u l d of the i r o w n free w i l l , de l ibe ra te ly p l a n mass a t roc i t ies of the most bes t i a l t y p e such as the v i l l a i n o u s G e r m a n G o v e r n m e n t are d o i n g to -day . S u r e l y t h e y are goaded on b y the d e m o n influence of w h i c h the A p o s t l e P a u l spoke. D o u b t less, the v i l e " b o s s e s " of E u r o p e , n a m e l y H i t l e r , Goebbels , M u s s o l i n i a n d C o . , are under the f u l l c o n t r o l of the e v i l sp i r i t powers t ha t compr i se the w i c k e d " h e a v e n s " of " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d . "

I f the N e w O r d e r is to be successful a n d permanent , i t is obv ious t h a t the present " h e a v e n s " as w e l l as the present " e a r t h " mus t be o v e r t h r o w n , a n d i t was to th i s tha t Jesus referred w h e n he s a i d " H e a v e n a n d ea r t h s h a l l pass away , b u t m y words s h a l l no t pass a w a y " ( L u k e 21, 3 3 ) . N o t e tha t i n the con t ex t Chr i s t shows tha t th i s w i l l occur w i t h i n the l i f e t ime of those l i v i n g w h e n J e r u s a l e m is freed f rom oppression. A s we have a l r e a dy no ted , J e r u s a l e m was de l ivered f rom its age-long oppress ion twen ty - f ive years ago, on December 9 th , 1917, so the D e v i l a n d his sp i r i t associates together w i t h his chief e a r t h l y puppe ts i n R o m e a n d B e r l i n have not v e r y long to go n o w . T h e A p o s t l e Pe te r says " t h e h e a v e n s " sha l l go o n fire a n d pass a w a y w i t h a great noise a n d tha t " t h e ea r th also a n d the w o r k s t ha t are the re in sha l l be b u r n e d u p " (2 Pe te r 3, 10, 1 2 ) . T h i s great " w o r l d " conf lagra t ion is n o w


go ing on before our eyes. H o w app rop r i a t e was the head l ine " T h e W o r l d on F i r e " w h i c h appeared i n some of our newspapers earl ier i n the war . I n Z e p h a n i a h 3, 8 - 9 G o d says, " T h e r e f o r e w a i t ye u p o n me s a i t h the L o r d , u n t i l t he d a y tha t I r ise u p to the p r e y ! for m y d e t e r m i n a t i o n is to gather the na t ions , tha t I m a y assemble the k i n g d o m s , to pou r u p o n t h e m m i n e i n d i g n a t i o n , even a l l m y fierce a n g e r ; for a l l the ea r th s h a l l be devou red w i t h the fire of m y jea lousy . F o r t hen w i l l I t u r n to the people a pure language, tha t t h e y m a y a l l c a l l u p o n the n a m e of the L o r d , to serve H i m w i t h one consent . " N o t i c e t ha t i t is the soc ia l " e a r t h , " i.e. the e v i l organised sys tems, tha t are to be d e v o u r e d b y the fire of G o d ' s r ighteous i n d i g n a t i o n w h i c h w i l l sweep the who le ea r th , w h i l s t the people w i l l be so c o m p l e t e l y de l ive red f r o m oppress ion tha t t h e y w i l l u l t i m a t e l y a l l w o r s h i p G o d " w i t h one consen t . " E v i d e n t l y a great unpreceden ted w o r l d - w i d e r e f o r m a t i o n a n d r e v i v a l l ie ahead i n the not far d i s tan t future.

I t is b e y o n d the power of m a n to dis lodge the present w i c k e d " h e a v e n s " a n d i t is e q u a l l y b e y o n d the power of m a n to es tabl i sh " t h e n e w heavens , " hence we are abso lu t e ly dependent u p o n G o d for the success of the N e w Orde r . I n m a r k e d d i s t i n c t i o n to the " h e a v e n s " of the first " w o r l d " i n the ages before the F l o o d a n d to t ha t of the second " w o r l d " " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d , " the " h e a v e n s " of the t h i r d " w o r l d " or N e w O r d e r n o w i m m i n e n t are to be g r a n d b e y o n d h u m a n desc r ip t ion . I n 2 C o r i n t h i a n s 12, 1 - 4 i t is r ecorded b y the A p o s t l e P a u l t ha t , i n v i s i o n , he was ca r r i ed d o w n the ages a n d " c a u g h t u p to the t h i r d h e a v e n " t h a t is to say , " t h e h e a v e n " of the t h i r d " w o r l d . " P a u l was t h e r e b y g i v e n a g l impse of the sp lendour of the " n e w h e a v e n s " as set u p b y Chr i s t H i m s e l f ; no w o n d e r he was unab le to descr ibe or revea l the glories he b e h e l d !

W e s h a l l n o w trace the D i v i n e p r e p a r a t i o n for b o t h phases of the N e w Order , n a m e l y " t h e n e w h e a v e n s " a n d " t h e new ea r th . " A s S a t a n , the Ch ie f of the present O r d e r is to be o v e r t h r o w n , the P y r a m i d reveals , as we have seen, t ha t Jesus Chr i s t is the o n l y one e l ig ib le to be H e a d of the N e w Order .


O u r i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the P y r a m i d ' s R e c t i f i c a t i o n F a c t o r d is c losed tha t Jesus is the o n l y one able to b r i n g m a n k i n d b a c k in to h a r m o n y w i t h the D i v i n e w i l l , a n d tha t i n due t i m e H e w i l l be e x a l t e d as the s y m b o l i c " T o p S t o n e " or " H e a d S t o n e " to w h o m a l l s h a l l be subserv ient " b o t h w h i c h are i n heaven a n d w h i c h are o n e a r t h " — E p h e s i a n s 1, 1 0 . W e observed , too , t ha t at the b e g i n n i n g of the G r a n d G a l l e r y i t is r evea led tha t Ch r i s t " r o s e aga in for our j u s t i f i c a t i o n " wh i l s t Jesus H i m s e l f , after his resur rec t ion , declared " A l l power is g i v e n un to me i n heaven a n d i n e a r t h " to be m a n i fested " i n the d i spensa t ion of the fullness of t i m e s . "

N o w , the G r a n d G a l l e r y a n d the A n t e - C h a m b e r a n d K i n g ' s C h a m b e r t ha t fo l l ow relate to the D i v i n e p r epa ra t i on of the g o v e r n m e n t a l par t ies for the N e w O r d e r a n d the i r i n s t a l l a t i on in to office. T h e G r a n d G a l l e r y is d i v i d e d i n to t w o d i s t inc t por t ions , an upper a n d a lower each w i t h i ts separate, t hough re la ted , s y m b o l i s m . T h r o u g h o u t the ent i re l eng th of th is 28-feet h i g h G a l l e r y , there is cu t a 6 - inch w ide groove, m i d w a y be tween the floor a n d roof, on each side w a l l . T h i s s t r u c t u r a l feature at once suggests a s l i d i n g p a r t i t i o n between the upper a n d lower por t ions . T h e height of the roof of the G r a n d G a l l e r y exceeds tha t of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage to the ex tent of the R e c t i f i c a t i o n F a c t o r , as has a l r e ady been e x p l a i n e d , w h i l s t the he ight of the " p a r t i t i o n " grooves exceeds i t b y a d is tance e q u a l to the d i ame te r of the year-c i rc le (the c i rc le h a v i n g a c i rcumference of the same n u m b e r of P y r a m i d inches as there are days i n the solar year) . T h i s precise geometr ic d i m e n s i o n (y ÷ π = 116.26 P y r a m i d inches) i n P y r a m i d s y m b o l o g y is a lways associated w i t h celes t ia l , s p i r i t u a l or h e a v e n l y ma t t e r s as d i s t i ngu i shed f r o m tha t w h i c h is p u r e l y te r res t r ia l . T h e fact t ha t the " floor" of th is h igher ha l f of the G r a n d G a l l e r y is l i f t ed u p to the ex tent of the d i ame te r of the " C e l e s t i a l C i r c l e " ind ica tes t ha t th i s upper p o r t i o n relates to a h e a v e n l y c a l l i n connec t ion w i t h the D i v i n e p r e p a r a t i o n for the heavens of the N e w Order , and th i s is c o m p l e t e l y c on f i rm e d b y the Scr ip tu res . Ju s t as the D e v i l a n d h i s associate demons compr i se " t h e h e a v e n s " of the O l d


Order n o w ending , so also the B i b l e makes i t c lear tha t i n " t h e new h e a v e n s " of the N e w Order , C h r i s t the H e a d w i l l also have associates w i t h H i m i n tha t h i g h office. Jesus H i m s e l f has p r o m i s e d his fa i th fu l footstep fol lowers t ha t t h e y sha l l be exa l t ed a long w i t h H i m i n H i s h i g h office a n d share w i t h H i m i n a l l H i s g l o r y a n d w o r k as " t h e n e w heavens , " whose func t ion i t w i l l be to guide , recons t ruc t a n d restore h u m a n affairs, the soc ia l ear th , w i t h such sa t i s fac t ion a n d perfec t ion as to b r i n g about u l t i m a t e l y the fu l f i lment of the L o r d ' s P r a y e r " T h y w i l l be done on ea r th , as i t is i n H e a v e n . " I n v i e w of th is , h o w s ignif icant are the s ta tements recorded i n the t h i r d chap te r of Ga l a t i ons , " I f ye be C h r i s t ' s , t h e n are ye A b r a h a m ' s seed a n d heirs a c c o r d i n g to the p r o m i s e . . . i n thee sha l l a l l na t ions be b l e s s e d " (verses 7, 8, 29). Ο w h a t a change w h e n the D e v i l w i t h h is demons are o v e r t h r o w n , a n d Chr i s t w i t h the Sa in t s are i n f u l l p o w e r ! N o t o n l y is Jesus spoken of as the great H e a d a n d K i n g of " t h e new heavens a n d n e w e a r t h " b u t H e is also s ta ted to be the great Judge of the W o r l d ( J o h n 5, 2 2 ) , a n d to show h o w i n t i m a t e l y the saints w i l l be associa ted w i t h C h r i s t a n d h o w h i g h the i r e x a l t a t i o n i n the " h e a v e n s " of the N e w Orde r , the B i b l e p l a i n l y says not o n l y tha t the sa ints s h a l l l i kewi se judge the w o r l d bu t t ha t t h e y s h a l l even judge angels, too . " K n o w ye not t ha t the saints s h a l l judge the w o r l d " a n d also " j u d g e a n g e l s " (I C o r i n t h i a n s 6, 2 - 3 ) .

Seeing tha t Chr i s t is to be the great K i n g a n d J u d g e of b o t h the " n e w h e a v e n " a n d the " n e w e a r t h " a n d tha t the saints are to be associated w i t h h i m i n the j u r i s d i c t i o n b o t h of terrest r i a l beings (mankind) a n d ce les t ia l (the angel ic hosts) th is necessitates t ha t the saints , l i ke C h r i s t H i m s e l f , also be ra ised i n a celes t ia l r e su r rec t ion a n d g i v e n powers far above the h u m a n a n d the angel ic also, a n d fur thermore t h a t th i s take place r i gh t at the outset of the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w Order . A n d b o t h the B i b l e a n d the P y r a m i d c l ea r ly show tha t th i s is precise ly w h a t w i l l t ake p lace . C o n c e r n i n g Chr i s t i t is w r i t t e n , " G o d h a t h h i g h l y e x a l t e d H i m far above angels, p r inc ipa l i t i e s a n d powers a n d eve ry n a m e tha t is n a m e d " a n d tha t " H e


is sat d o w n on the r igh t h a n d of G o d i n the majes ty on H i g h . " W h i l s t conce rn ing the o v e r c o m i n g saints i t is w r i t t e n tha t t h e y " s h a l l be i n the l ikeness of H i s r e s u r r e c t i o n " " f a s h i o n e d l i k e un to H i s g lor ious b o d y " a n d Chr i s t H i m s e l f says of t h e m : " T o h i m tha t o v e r c o m e t h w i l l I g rant to sit w i t h M e i n M y t h r o n e . " " Y e s h a l l si t w i t h M e i n M y throne , even as I a m set d o w n w i t h m y F a t h e r i n H i s t h r o n e . "

T h e A p o s t l e P a u l , speak ing of " t h e resur rec t ion of the d e a d " i n I C o r i n t h i a n s 15, says, " T h e r e are also celest ia l bodies , a n d bodies t e r r e s t r i a l ; bu t the g l o r y of the celest ia l is one, a n d the g l o r y of the t e r res t r i a l is ano ther . " " A s is the e a r t h y [terrestrial] such are t h e y also tha t are e a r t h y ; a n d as is the h e a v e n l y [celestial] such are t h e y also tha t are heaven ly . A n d as we [the saints] have borne the image of the e a r t h y [ in th i s life] we s h a l l also bear the image of the h e a v e n l y [ in the resur rec t ion] . " I n h a r m o n y w i t h th is the B o o k of R e v e l a t i o n speaks of t w o resurrect ions, the first be ing the ce les t ia l or h e a v e n l y resu r rec t ion—tha t of the saints— w h i l s t the second at a la ter p e r i o d is the genera l resurrec t ion of the w o r l d of m a n k i n d — t h e t e r res t r i a l resurrec t ion . R e g a r d i n g the h e a v e n l y resur rec t ion of the saints a n d the i r h i g h e x a l t a t i o n w i t h Ch r i s t i n the " h e a v e n s " of the " N e w w o r l d , " R e v e l a t i o n 20, 6 p r o c l a i m s , " B l e s s e d a n d h o l y is he tha t h a t h pa r t i n the first r e s u r r e c t i o n : on such the second dea th h a t h no power , b u t t h e y s h a l l be priests of G o d a n d of Chr i s t , a n d s h a l l r e ign w i t h H i m a t h o u s a n d yea r s . " So, conce rn ing the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w O r d e r w h e r e i n Chr i s t a n d the saints come i n t o c o n t r o l , the P r o p h e t D a n i e l declares " A n d the t i m e came tha t the sa ints possessed the k i n g d o m , " whi l s t Jesus sa id , " F e a r not , l i t t l e f lock, for i t is y o u r Fa the r ' s good pleasure to g ive y o u the k i n g d o m . " So he re in is the des t iny of the t rue c h u r c h — t h e " L i t t l e F l o c k " of o v e r c o m i n g saints ou t of a l l n a t i o n s — c a l l e d to be " h e i r s of G o d a n d jo in t -hei rs w i t h C h r i s t " i n the eve r l a s t ing W o r l d - K i n g d o m , t h r o u g h w h o m " a l l na t ions s h a l l be b lessed ."

I n the present d i spensa t ion G o d has thus been c a l l i n g , t r a i n i n g a n d p r e p a r i n g the saints as p rospec t ive members i n


" t h e new h e a v e n s " of the N e w O r d e r , a n d i t is f r om this po in t of v i e w t h a t the A p o s t l e P a u l says t ha t the sa ints " h a v e been q u i c k e n e d together w i t h Ch r i s t a n d m a d e sit together i n h e a v e n l y p l aces . " H e n c e i n the B i b l e th i s c a l l of the sa in ts is t e r m e d " t h e h e a v e n l y c a l l i n g " a n d " t h e h i g h c a l l i n g . " T h e G r e e k w o r d w h i c h is t r ans l a t ed " c h u r c h " i n our E n g l i s h B i b l e s is ekklesia a n d means " t h a t w h i c h is ca l l ed o u t . " So the e lec t ion of the t rue c h u r c h mus t be comple t ed , a n d the elect themselves exa l t ed to office i n the F i r s t R e s u r r e c t i o n at the e n d of the present age before the N e w O r d e r c a n be fu l ly i n a u g u r a t e d a n d the p r o m i s e d b less ing a n d up l i f t of a l l na t ions beg in . T h u s the de s t i ny of the t rue c h u r c h , the t rue saints under Ch r i s t the i r H e a d is to f unc t i on as the " n e w h e a v e n s " of the N e w O r d e r or " w o r l d to c o m e " " w o r l d w i t h o u t e n d . " T h e se t t ing-up of " t h e n e w h e a v e n s " at the end of th i s present age is b e a u t i f u l l y p o r t r a y e d i n the s t r uc tu r a l ar rangements b e y o n d the G r a n d G a l l e r y i n the P y r a m i d . Before go ing in to deta i l s of t h i s , however , we t h i n k i t be t ter to show h o w , d u r i n g the present d i spensa t ion , G o d has also been p r e p a r i n g for the leadersh ip of " t h e new e a r t h , " a n d then we sha l l dea l w i t h the P y r a m i d ' s representa t ion of the se t t ing-up of b o t h " t h e new heavens a n d the n e w e a r t h , " t ha t is , the N e w O r d e r i n i ts en t i r e ty .

A s the " h e a v e n l y c a l l i n g " or " h i g h c a l l i n g " of the saints d u r i n g th i s age is p o r t r a y e d b y the h igher or upper p o r t i o n of the G r a n d G a l l e r y above the p a r t i t i o n grooves, so app ro p r i a t e l y the course of the class or race of people w h o m G o d has been d i r ec t i ng to t ake the i n i t i a t i v e i n the es tab l i shment of " t h e new e a r t h " i n due t i m e is represented b y the l o n g floor of the G r a n d G a l l e r y benea th . T h e G r a n d G a l l e r y floor, i t w i l l be observed , is the c o n t i n u a t i o n of the floor of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage, at the same u p w a r d grad ien t . A s here inbefore p r o v e d , the b e g i n n i n g of the a c t u a l floor of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage m a r k s the date tha t the Israeli tes of o ld entered the P r o m i s e d L a n d under D i v i n e d i r ec t i on , wh i l s t the long floor i tse l f symbol i ses the p a t h of the Israel i tes , or more accura te ly , those sections of the Israeli tes w h o r e m a i n e d i n


the H o l y L a n d t i l l Chr i s t ' s day . I n A.D. 33, the date m a r k e d b y the e n d of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage, Jesus announced to the J e w s t h e n i n h a b i t i n g Pa les t ine , " Y o u r house is left un to y o u deso la te . " T h e J e w s were thus cast off, f r o m D i v i n e favour , i n the m e a n t i m e at a n y rate , because of unfai thfulness. B u t the floor of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage does not a b r u p t l y e n d or a l ter i n a n y w a y a t the e n d of the pas sage ; on the c o n t r a r y , i t cont inues u n b r o k e n o n w a r d a n d u p w a r d , at the same w i d t h a n d the same grad ien t , f o r m i n g the floor of the G r a n d G a l l e r y . T h i s ind ica tes t ha t w h e n the J e w s as a n a t i o n i n the H o l y L a n d rejected C h r i s t i a n i t y , " t h e s t ra ight l ine of D i v i n e w o r k i n g " or spec ia l D i v i n e d i r ec t i on to the e n d i n v i e w c o n t i n u e d , a n d mus t therefore have been s w i t c h e d f r o m the J e w s to ano ther people . A n d the S a v i o u r H i m s e l f express ly s ta ted tha t th i s is p rec i se ly w h a t w o u l d happen , for, address ing the J e w s he sa id , " T h e k i n g d o m of G o d sha l l be t a k e n f rom y o u a n d g i v e n to a n a t i o n b r i n g i n g fo r th the frui ts thereof ." A good m a n y C h r i s t i a n people t h i n k tha t the n a t i o n here referred to is the t rue c h u r c h . W h i l e we w o u l d no t deny th i s as the s p i r i t u a l i n t e rp re t a t i on , nevertheless ne i ther c a n we d e n y the l i t e r a l fu l f i lment , for the se t t ing of the verse is l i t e r a l ; the J e w s were a l i t e r a l n a t i o n , a n d sure ly the o ther n a t i o n referred to i n the same sentence is also a l i t e r a l n a t i o n . W h o is th i s o ther n a t i o n w h o m the A l m i g h t y has been g u i d i n g a n d d i r e c t i n g w i t h a v i e w to the i r be ing H i s servants i n l e a d i n g the w o r l d u l t i m a t e l y i n to the e n d u r i n g N e w O r d e r of l i b e r t y a n d peace, " t h e n e w ea r th where in d w e l l e t h r i g h t e o u s n e s s " unde r the c o n t r o l of C h r i s t ? I n answer ing th i s ques t ion we w i l l no t indu lge i n theor i s ing , b u t go d i rec t to c o n t e m p o r a r y h i s t o r y a n d t ake the facts as we f i n d t h e m . I t is s t range tha t i t is no t be t ter k n o w n tha t , amongs t a l l the peoples of the w o r l d , the A n c i e n t B r i t i s h were the first i n a n a t i o n a l c a p a c i t y , to accept C h r i s t i a n i t y a n d m a k e p u b l i c dec l a r a t i on of the fact . " T h e g l o r y of B r i t a i n " says G e n e b r a r d " c o n s i s t s not o n l y i n th i s , t h a t she was the first c o u n t r y w h i c h i n a n a t i o n a l c a p a c i t y professed herself C h r i s t i a n , b u t she m a d e th i s confession w h e n the R o m a n


E m p i r e i tself was p a g a n a n d a c r u e l persecutor of C h r i s t i a n i t y . " E v e n R o m a n C a t h o l i c wr i t e r s a d m i t th i s . I n h is Three Conversions of England, R o b e r t Parsons , the Jesu i t , a d m i t s t ha t C h r i s t i a n i t y came in to B r i t a i n d i rec t f r o m J e r u s a l e m . " P o l y d o r e V e r g i l i n the r e ign of H e n r y V I I , a n d after h i m C a r d i n a l Po le , b o t h r i g i d R o m a n Ca tho l i c s , a f f i rmed i n P a r l i a ment , the l a t t e r i n h is address to P h i l i p a n d M a r y t h a t ' B r i t a i n was the first of a l l count r ies to receive the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . ' T h i s p r i o r i t y of a n t i q u i t y was o n l y once ques t ioned , a n d tha t on p o l i t i c a l g rounds , b y the ambassadors of F r a n c e a n d S p a i n , at the C o u n c i l of P i s a , A.D. 1417. T h e C o u n c i l , h o w ever, aff i rmed i t . T h e ambassadors appea led to the C o u n c i l of Constance , A.D. 1419, w h i c h con f i rmed the decis ion of t ha t of P i s a , w h i c h was a t h i r d t i m e conf i rmed b y the C o u n c i l of Sena, A.D. 1423, a n d t hen acquiesced i n . " T h i s dec is ion l a i d d o w n tha t on the po in t s of a n t i q u i t y a n d precedency the C h u r c h of B r i t a i n mus t be g i v e n p r i o r i t y a n d tha t i t was founded b y Joseph of Ar ima thaea " i m m e d i a t e l y after the pass ion of C h r i s t . " A s Sebel l ius s t a t e s : " C h r i s t i a n i t y was p r i v a t e l y confessed elsewhere, b u t the first n a t i o n tha t p ro c l a i m e d i t as the i r r e l ig ion , a n d ca l l ed i tse l f C h r i s t i a n after the name of Chr i s t , was B r i t a i n . " (Sabel l . E n n o . b k . v i i . c. 5) a n d aga in Professor C a m d e n : " B r i t a i n , p a r t l y t h r o u g h J o s e p h of Ar imathaea , p a r t l y t h r o u g h F u g a t u s a n d D a m i a n u s , was of a l l k i n g d o m s the first t ha t r ece ived the G o s p e l " (Card-wel l ' s A n c i e n t H i s t o r y 1837—p. 18).

T h e idea h e l d b y some tha t C h r i s t i a n i t y was b rough t to B r i t a i n b y the R o m a n C a t h o l i c mi s s iona ry , A u g u s t i n e , i n A.D. 597 is a l together e r roneous : i t was R o m a n C a t h o l i c i s m , a n d not C h r i s t i a n i t y i tself , t h a t was i n t r o d u c e d i n t o our Is lands at t ha t date b y A u g u s t i n e . T h e famous eccles ias t ical h i s t o r i a n E u s e b i u s , w h o l i v e d three h u n d r e d years before A u g u s t i n e came to B r i t a i n a n d w h o is w e l l k n o w n as the F a t h e r of C h u r c h H i s t o r y says " T h e Apos t l e s passed b e y o n d the ocean to the isles ca l l ed the B r i t a n n i c Is les ." T h i s is confirmed b y the ea r ly B r i t i s h h i s t o r i a n G i l d a s ( A . D . 516-570) w h o states, " M e a n w h i l e , these i s l a n d s . . . r ece ived the


beams of l i g h t , t ha t is, the H o l y precepts of Chr i s t , the true S u n . . . at the l a t t e r pa r t , as we k n o w , of the r e ign of T i b e r i u s Caesar." T h i s T i b e r i u s Caesar was the re ign ing R o m a n E m p e r o r , w h e n Chr i s t was c ruc i f ied . N o t i c e G i l d a s ' words " a s we k n o w , " w h i c h ind ica te t ha t w h a t he records r ega rd ing the i n t r o d u c t i o n of C h r i s t i a n i t y i n to B r i t a i n was i n his d a y a m a t t e r of c o m m o n knowledge . T i b e r i u s Caesar re igned f rom A.D. 14 to 37, therefore G i l d a s ' words , " i n the l a t t e r par t of the re ign of T i b e r i u s Caesa r" s h o w tha t C h r i s t i a n i t y was i n t r o d u c e d in to B r i t a i n " i m m e d i a t e l y after the pass ion of C h r i s t " as the above -men t ioned E u r o p e a n Counc i l s declared, for the c lass ica l eccles ias t ica l h i s t o r i a n E u s e b i u s , jus t referred to , states i n h is Chronica tha t the C r u c i f i x i o n of C h r i s t occur red i n the 19th year of the r e ign of T i b e r i u s Caesar, t ha t is , i n the S p r i n g of A.D. 33, w h i c h i t w i l l be observed, agrees e x a c t l y w i t h the P y r a m i d da t i ng . T h u s the B r i t i s h C h u r c h was of H e b r e w o r i g i n , not P a p a l .

" T h a t v e r y ea r ly , the G o s p e l came b y the hands of Hebrews is borne out b y the finding of t w o meda l s bea r ing the effigies of our L o r d w i t h o u t a h a l o ; one of these was unear thed at C o r k i n 1812, under the founda t i on of one of the v e r y first C h r i s t i a n monaster ies ever b u i l t i n I r e l a n d ; the other under a r u i n of a D r u i d i c a l c i rc le at B r y n g w i n , i n Ang lesey , about the same t i m e . A n t i q u a r i e s i n fo rms us t h a t the H e b r e w let ter ' A l e p h ' o n the obverse side to the r i gh t of the effigy of one of these, gives the date as the first yea r after the resurrec t ion , the o ther H e b r e w let ters s i g n i f y i n g Jesus, o n the l e f t ; t he w o r d Messias is o n the co l l a r , a n d the reverse side has a n i n s c r i p t i o n i n H e b r e w , rendered thus , " M e s s i a h the P r i n c e , came i n peace, a n d m a n , life for m a n became . " O n the o ther m e d a l , the i n s c r i p t i o n is different, b u t also i n H e b r e w , a n d reads ' N o u g h t i n Thee was f o u n d w o r t h y of D i v i n e W r a t h ' " (British History Traced, p . 1 3 2 — R e v . L . G . A . Robe r t s ) .

N o t o n l y was the anc ien t B r i t i s h R a c e the first n a t i o n to recognise C h r i s t i a n i t y , b u t a l l ava i l ab l e evidence also goes to show tha t G l a s t o n b u r y (in Somersetshire) was the first G


C h r i s t i a n C h u r c h b u i l d i n g i n the w o r l d a n d tha t i t was b u i l t b y J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea a n d h is associates. T h e famous V a t i c a n L i b r a r i a n , C a r d i n a l B a r o n i u s , d i scovered a n ancient M S . i n the V a t i c a n t e l l i n g of J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea , L a z a r u s , M a r t h a a n d M a r y l a n d i n g at Marse i l l es i n A.D. 35. T h i s is i n agreement w i t h the records of the ea r ly E n g l i s h h i s t o r i a n W i l l i a m of M a l m e s b u r y , w h o states t h a t J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea (who t o o k care of our L o r d ' s b o d y after the Cruc i f ix ion ) a ccompan ied b y e leven miss ionar ies under h is charge, c ame to B r i t a i n v i a F r a n c e , h a v i n g been sent b y P h i l i p the A p o s t l e , a n d tha t the B r i t i s h K i n g gave t h e m Y n y s - v i t r i n o r G l a s t o n b u r y a n d twe lve H i d e s of l a n d . C o n f i r m a t o r y of th i s the Doomsday Book con ta ins the f o l l o w i n g e n t r y :

" T h e C h u r c h of G l a s t o n b u r y has i n i t s o w n v i l l e twe lve H i d e s of L a n d , w h i c h have neve r p a i d t a x . " (Doomsday Survey, fo l io p . 249b.)

I n J . W . T a y l o r ' s w o r k , The Coming of the Saints, the j ou rney of J o s e p h of A r i m a t h a e a is fo l lowed place to place f r o m Pa les t ine t h r o u g h G a u l , v i a Marse i l l es i n t o B r i t a i n . F u r t h e r m o r e the ea r ly W e l s h wr i t e r , M a e l g w y n of L l a n d a f f (circ. A.D. 450) in forms us tha t J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea is b u r i e d at G l a s t o n b u r y (Ava lon ) . T h a t J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea p reached the G o s p e l i n B r i t a i n is also conf i rmed b y foreign wr i te r s , e.g. S t . G r e g o r y of T o u r s i n h is History of the Franks, a n d H a l e c a , A r c h b i s h o p of Saragossa i n h is Fragmenta.

F o r a l o n g t i m e G l a s t o n b u r y ( " I s l e " of A v a l o n ) was regarded as the mos t sacred spot i n a l l B r i t a i n . T h e o r i g i n a l c h u r c h erected b y J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea a n d h is compan ions was b u i l t of wat t les . A t the present d a y , the ru ins of G la s t o n b u r y A b b e y s t a n d o n the si te of t ha t o l d wa t t l e c h u r c h . T h a t spot has t hus been a p lace of C h r i s t i a n w o r s h i p f rom Chr i s t ' s d a y to the present t i m e . R e g a r d i n g i ts a n t i q u i t y as such, note the fo l l owing ex t rac t s f rom the va r ious a u t h o r i t i e s :

Sir Henry Spelman: " I t is ce r t a in t ha t B r i t a i n rece ived the fa i th i n the first age f rom the first sowers of the W o r d . Of

T H E G R E A T P Y R A M I D 99 a l l the Churches whose o r i g i n I have inves t iga ted i n B r i t a i n , the C h u r c h of G l a s t o n b u r y is the mos t a n c i e n t . "

Archbishop Ussher: "The B r i t i s h N a t i o n a l C h u r c h was founded A.D. 36, a h u n d r e d a n d s i x t y years before hea then R o m e confessed C h r i s t i a n i t y . T h e M o t h e r C h u r c h of the B r i t i s h Isles is the C h u r c h of I n s u l a A v a l l o n i a c a l l e d b y the Saxons , G l a s t o n . "

Fuller: " I f c redi t be g i v e n to ancient authors , th i s C h u r c h of G l a s t o n b u r y is the senior c h u r c h of the w o r l d . "

Publius Discipulus: "The C h u r c h of A v a l o n i n B r i t a i n no o ther hands t h a n those of the disciples of the L o r d t h e m selves b u i l t . "

Theodore Martin (Lovar), " I t is not too m u c h to say tha t the site of S t . M a r y ' s C h u r c h i n the A b b e y grounds at G l a s t o n b u r y is the si te of the first k n o w n above-g round c h u r c h i n the w o r l d . "

T h e o l d Glastonbury Chronicle con ta ins the r eco rd of the B r i t i s h K i n g , A r v i r a g u s , g r a n t i n g J o s e p h " twice s i x hides (of land) at G l a s t o n i a a n d tha t J o s e p h left the r ights w i t h h i s c o m p a n i o n s "

W h y s h o u l d J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea choose G l a s t o n b u r y i n the " I s l e " of A v à l o n ? The re is a n a m a z i n g a m o u n t of evidence tha t Jesus , as a y o u n g m a n , seek ing a quiet retreat outs ide the R o m a n E m p i r e , so as to be unmoles ted , came to B r i t a i n b y sea, a n d i n the quie t s a n c t u a r y of the Isle of A v à l o n spent some years i n p r a y e r a n d m e d i t a t i o n , p r e p a r i n g for H i s m i n i s t r y a n d pass ion . T h i s absence of Ch r i s t f r om Pales t ine , no d o u b t exp la ins the B i b l e ' s si lence r ega rd ing the ea r ly m a n h o o d of Jesus . T h a t Jesus b u i l t for H i m s e l f a l i t t l e wa t t l e house for p r a y e r a n d m e d i t a t i o n , near a w e l l at the foot of the h i l l k n o w n as G l a s t o n b u r y T o r , a n d tha t i t was subseq u e n t l y used b y J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea a n d h is associates as a p r i v a t e c h a p e l (as d i s t i nc t f r o m the c h u r c h t h e y erected beside i t for p u b l i c worsh ip ) i s con f i rmed b y the fo l l owing ex t rac t f r om the repor t w h i c h A u g u s t i n e sent to P o p e G r e g o r y d u r i n g


the miss ion to B r i t a i n at the e n d of the s i x t h c e n t u r y :

"In the western confines of Britain there is a certain royal island of large extent, surrounded by water, abounding in all the beauties of nature and necessaries of life. In it the neophites of catholic law, God beforehand acquainting them, found a church constructed by no human art, but by the hands of Christ Himself, for the salvation of His people."

(Glas tonbury used to be su r rounded b y a n expanse of fresh water , hence the name Isle of Avalon, i.e. Isle of A p p l e s ) .

I n tha t great a u t h o r i t y the Doomsday Book ( A . D . 1088) there is recorded " T h e H o u s e of G o d , i n the great M o n a s t e r y of G l a s t o n b u r y , ca l l ed the Secret of the L o r d . " B u t even m a n y centur ies before the Doomsday Book was c o m p i l e d , Ta l i e s in , the P r i n c e - B a r d a n d D r u i d wro te , " Ch r i s t , the W o r d f rom the beg inn ing , was f rom the b e g i n n i n g our Teacher , a n d we never lost H i s t e a c h i n g . " T o quote C. C . D o b s o n : " H e r e was an i s l a n d unconquered b y the R o m a n s , a n d remote f rom R o m a n influence a n d a u t h o r i t y . T h e a t t e m p t to conquer i t b y J u l i u s Caesar (55 B.C.) h a d p r o v e d abor t ive . H e r e was a f a i th p ropaga t ed b y p r o f o u n d o r a l t each ing , ensh r in ing the t r u t h of the c o m i n g Chr i s t , under the v e r y name Jesu a n d the p r inc ip l e of the a tonement . D o we w o n d e r t h a t Jesus came to reside i n a l a n d thus r ipe to receive H i s t r u t h ? " " I n B r i t a i n H e w o u l d be free f rom the t y r a n n y of R o m a n oppression, the supers t i t ion of R a b b i n i c a l mis in te rp re ta t ion , a n d the grossness of p a g a n i d o l a t r y , a n d bes t i a l i m m o r a l cus toms. I n D r u i d B r i t a i n H e w o u l d l i ve a m o n g people d o m i n a t e d b y the highest a n d pures t ideals , the v e r y ideals H e h a d come to p r o c l a i m . " T h i s forceful ly b r ings to our m i n d the words of Jesus near the v e r y e n d of H i s m i n i s t r y , " T h e K i n g d o m of G o d s h a l l be t a k e n f rom y o u [the Jews i n Judaea] a n d g i v e n to a n a t i o n b r i n g i n g f o r t h the frui ts thereof [ B r i t a i n ] . "

W i l l i a m B l a k e , the poet (1757-1826), h a v i n g h e a r d the s to ry of Chr i s t ' s s t ay i n B r i t a i n , i m m o r t a l i s e d i t i n his " J e r u s a l e m , " w h i c h has been beau t i fu l l y set to mus i c by


S i r H u b e r t P a r r y , a n d k n o w n as " T h e G l a s t o n b u r y H y m n , " w h i c h is n o w sung on great occasions.

So " w h e n J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea subsequent ly came [to B r i t a i n ] to p r o c l a i m the S a v i o u r under the v e r y n a m e [ Y e s u or Jesu] f a m i l i a r to eve ry D r u i d , a n d as h a v i n g fulf i l led i n the A t o n e m e n t the i r bas ic p r i nc ip l e , we do not wonder tha t he rece ived a we lcome at the hands of the D r u i d s . I t is a r emark able fact t h a t D r u i d i s m never opposed C h r i s t i a n i t y , a n d e v e n t u a l l y became v o l u n t a r i l y merged i n i t . " A s J o h n P y m Y e a t m a n i n his Early English History, page. 104 says, " T h e stories of the a t roc i t ies of the D r u i d s were mere inven t ions of the R o m a n s to cover the i r o w n c rue l t y a n d to excuse i t . T h e r e l ig ion of a people w h o were so m i l d a n d merc i fu l tha t t h e y w o u l d not even i m p r i s o n the i r debtors , as d i d the R o m a n s , c o u l d not be b l o o d y . " I n Religions of Britain, page 37, Char les H u l b e r t l i kewise states, " T h e charge of s t a in ing the i r consecra ted places w i t h h u m a n b l o o d a n d offering u p o n the a l t a r of C o r - G a w r or Stonehenge h u m a n v i c t i m s , h a t h no rea l f o u n d a t i o n i n f a c t ; a n accusa t ion as w i c k e d as unjus t . . . . N e x t to the J e w i s h i n p u r i t y we consider the ancient r e l ig ion of B r i t a i n . "

T h e o l d D r u i d re l ig ion was far i n advance of hea then rel igions i n general . I t t augh t the t r u t h of the one great supreme G o d , i n c o n t r a d i s t i n c t i o n to the p o l y t h e i s m w h i c h was rife everywhere . T h e n i n the second place t h e y h a d no g raven images. N o idols of B r i t i s h o r i g i n have ever been unear thed i n our c o u n t r y . F r o m L a n d ' s E n d to J o h n O ' G r o a t ' s no such t h i n g has ever been found . A s W y l i e ' s History of Scotland, page 71 s t a t e s : " R e l i c s of a l l sorts have been f o u n d i n our so i l , b u t never i d o l of B r i t i s h manufac tu re , nor is one such to be seen i n a n y of our m u s e u m s . "

I n v i e w of a l l the above facts, we c a n u n d e r s t a n d w h y , after h is e x p u l s i o n f rom Pa les t ine , J o s e p h of Ar ima thaea was eager to b r i n g the G o s p e l to B r i t a i n a n d to t ake u p residence at G l a s t o n b u r y , a l r e ady h a l l o w e d b y the home of Jesus there. H e r e J o s e p h l i v e d for the r ema inde r of his l ife. The W e l s h poet M a e l g w y n , of L l a n d a f f ( A . D . 450), records tha t on Joseph


of Ar imathaea ' s grave at G l a s t o n b u r y the e p i t a p h was as f o l l o w s :

( t ranslat ion)

" I came to the B r i t o n s after I b u r i e d Chr i s t . I t augh t . I res t . "

M a e l g w y n also describes the exac t pos i t i on of the g rave w i t h met icu lous care. T h e stone sarcophagus of J o s e p h of A r i m athaea, b e a r i n g clear m a r k s of i d e n t i t y , was re -d iscovered i n 1928.

A f t e r J o s e p h of Ar imathaea , the nex t w e l l - k n o w n m i s s i o n a r y to B r i t a i n was S i m o n Zelotes , one of the T w e l v e A p o s t l e s of Chr i s t . Doro theus , B i s h o p of T y r e ( A . D . 303) in fo rms us t ha t S i m o n Zelotes p reached Chr i s t a l l a l o n g the N o r t h coast of A f r i c a a n d t h e n crossed t o B r i t a i n (Synopsis de Apostol—9). N e x t came A r i s t o b u l u s . T h e h i s t o r i a n A l f o r d i n Regia Fides, v o l . i , p . 83, states, " I t is pe r fec t ly ce r t a in tha t before S t . P a u l h a d come to R o m e , A r i s t o b u l u s was absent i n B r i t a i n . " A g a i n Doro theus says, " A r i s t o b u l u s w h o is m e n t i o n e d b y the A p o s t l e i n his epist le to the R o m a n s ( R o m . 16, 1 0 ) was made B i s h o p i n B r i t a i n . "

T h e n came St . P a u l to B r i t a i n . Theodore tus s a y s : " P a u l p reached the G o s p e l to the B r i t o n s a n d others i n the W e s t " (De Curandis Graecorum Affectionibus, L i b . I X ) . A f t e r inves t i g a t i o n , Cape l lus s t a t e s : " I scarce ly k n o w of one au thor f rom the t imes of the F a t h e r s d o w n w a r d s w h o does not m a i n t a i n t ha t S t . P a u l , after h is l i b e r a t i o n p reached i n every c o u n t r y i n W e s t e r n E u r o p e , B r i t a i n i n c l u d e d " (History of the Apostles). B i s h o p Burges wr i tes , " O f S t . P a u l ' s j o u r n e y to B r i t a i n we have as sa t i s fac tory p roof as a n y h i s to r i ca l ques t ion can d e m a n d . " (Independence of the British Church).

I t is in te res t ing t o note tha t the names of a B r i t i s h pr ince a n d princess, w h o h a d become Chr i s t i ans are men t ioned i n the B i b l e b y the A p o s t l e P a u l . L i n u s a n d C l a u d i a , n a m e d i n 2 T i m o t h y 4, 21, were the son a n d daugh te r of the w e l l -k n o w n B r i t i s h k i n g , Carac tacus . T h e verse reads " D o t h y di l igence to come before w in t e r . E u b u l u s greeteth thee


a n d Pudens a n d L i n u s a n d C l a u d i a , a n d a l l the b r e th r en . " P u d e n s m e n t i o n e d i n the verse was the h u s b a n d of C l a u d i a ; he was a R o m a n noble . A t the t i m e t h a t verse was w r i t t e n , a l l three of t h e m were l i v i n g i n R o m e . P u d e n s has the dist i n c t i o n of b e i n g the o n l y n a m e m e n t i o n e d i n the B i b l e recorded i n stone of anc ien t date i n B r i t a i n . A m o n g s t R o m a n remains at Chiches te r there was d u g u p i n 1723 a stone bea r ing an i n s c r i p t i o n i n w h i c h P u d e n s is m e n t i o n e d i n connec t ion w i t h the e rec t ion of a R o m a n t emple there. T h i s stone is n o w e x h i b i t e d outs ide the C o u n c i l H o u s e at Chiches te r a n d is k n o w n as the P u d e n s ' S tone . T h e inc iden t recorded on i t , of course, occu r r ed before Pudens accepted C h r i s t i a n i t y . Pudens was a R o m a n officer s t a t ioned at Chiches te r d u r i n g the ear l ier pa r t of the R o m a n occupa t ion of B r i t a i n a n d i t was d u r i n g h is s t a y here tha t he w o n the affections of the B r i t i s h k i n g ' s daugh te r C l a u d i a . Pudens a n d C l a u d i a were subsequen t ly m a r r i e d i n R o m e i n A.D. 53.

H o w deep a roo t C h r i s t i a n i t y h a d t a k e n i n the B r i t i s h Isles d u r i n g the centur ies i m m e d i a t e l y f o l l o w i n g the t i m e of Ch r i s t m a y be j u d g e d f r o m the f o l l o w i n g ex t rac t f r om C h r y s o s t u m , P a t r i a r c h of Cons t an t inop le A.D. 3 4 7 - 4 0 7 : " T h e B r i t i s h Isles w h i c h are b e y o n d the sea [Medi ter ranean] a n d w h i c h l ie i n the ocean [the A t l a n t i c ] have rece ived the v i r t u e of the w o r d . . . . T h o u g h t h o u shouldest go to the ocean, to the B r i t i s h Isles, there t h o u shouldest hear a l l m e n everywhere d iscuss ing ma t t e r s ou t of the Sc r ip tu res w i t h another voice indeed , b u t no t ano the r f a i t h ; w i t h a different tongue, bu t the same j u d g m e n t . "

T h e A n c i e n t B r i t o n s of the B r i t i s h Isles t hus be ing the first race to recognise C h r i s t , became the pioneer n a t i o n i n mi s s iona ry w o r k . I n th i s c o n n e c t i o n the great w o r k done b y the I r i sh sec t ion of the ea r ly Ce l t i c C h u r c h mus t no t be ove r looked . T h e noble p a r t p l a y e d b y I r e l a n d i n mi s s iona ry w o r k earned for i t the t i t l e " I s l e of S a i n t s " d u r i n g the ea r ly centuries . A t t ha t t i m e , " s w a r m s of d e v o t e d m i s s i o n a r i e s " went out f rom I r e l a n d t o eve ry p a r t of E u r o p e , so m u c h so t h a t D r . J o h n s o n states t ha t I r e l a n d was " t h e school of the wes t . "


T h e v igou r of the ea r ly B r i t i s h Chr i s t i ans m a y be gauged b y the fact t ha t miss ionar ies f r o m the C h u r c h i n the B r i t i s h Isles founded the Churches of G a u l (France) L o t h a r i n g i a (Lorra ine) a n d H e l v e t i a (Swi tzer land. )

F o l l o w i n g the s i x t h cen tu ry , the l i t t l e S c o t t i s h Isle of Iona , i m m o r t a l i s e d b y C o l u m b a , became the great s p i r i t u a l l i gh t house of the n o r t h , whose influence was u l t i m a t e l y felt ove r a l l E u r o p e , f r o m I c e l a n d to the M e d i t e r r a n e a n . " I o n a . . . s tood for a l l t h a t was l u m i n o u s a n d s p i r i t u a l , pure a n d u n w o r l d l y . T h e miss ionar ies of I o n a left t he i r m a r k u p o n a lmost eve ry corner of E u r o p e , a n d some of her most prec ious manusc r ip t s rest to th i s d a y i n E u r o p e a n l i b r a r i e s " (The Norseman in Alban [Scot land] — page 23, R o b e r t L o c k B r e m n e r ) . I n the e igh th c e n t u r y the l i b r a r y at I o n a c o n t a i n e d one of the mos t v a l u a b l e col lec t ions of m a n u s c r i p t s i n the w o r l d . " F o r t w o h u n d r e d years I o n a was the l igh thouse for the wes tern na t ions , whence miss ionar ies went f o r t h i n a l l d i r ec t ions . " (Celt, Druid and Culdee, p . 110. J . H . E l d e r ) .

F r o m the mass of foregoing evidence i t is c lear t ha t B r i t a i n was the l e a d i n g n a t i o n i n the p ionee r ing of C h r i s t i a n i t y , a n d to -day , we are s t i l l the foremost race o n E a r t h i n r ega rd to the sp read ing of the Sc r ip tu re s—the great B i b l e Societ ies w h i c h were founded last c e n t u r y have done an enormous w o r k i n th is respect. I t is in te res t ing to note t h a t the e x t e n d i n g influence of B r i t a i n ' s sea-power a n d the impu l se to e x p l o r a t i o n d u r i n g the s ix t een th c e n t u r y were a c c o m p a n i e d b y a n impu l se to spread the Gospe l . O n th i s po in t the Encyclopaedia Britannica, under the c a p t i o n " M o d e r n M i s s i o n s " s t a t e s :

"The development of the maritime power of England, which the Portuguese and Spanish monarchies noted with fear and jealousy, was distinguished by a singular anxiety for the spread of the Christian faith. Edward VI in his instructions to the navigators in Sir Hugh Willoughby's fleet, Sebastian Cabot in those for the intended voyage to Cathay, and Richard Hakluyt, who promoted many voyages of discovery in addition to writing their history, agree with Sir Humphrey Gilbert's chronicler, that

THE GREAT PYRAMID

'the sowing of Christianity must be the chief intent of such as shall make any attempt at foreign discovery, or else whatever is builded upon other foundation shall never obtain happy success or continuance.' "

I t is also a r e m a r k a b l e fact t ha t the phenomena l g r o w t h of B i b l e Societ ies a n d F o r e i g n Miss ions a n d the r a p i d expans ion of the B r i t i s h E m p i r e have been s imul taneous . T o - d a y more t h a n 90 per cent. of the funds for F o r e i g n Pro tes t ant Miss ions are subscr ibed b y the B r i t i s h E m p i r e a n d the U . S . A . F u l l y 90 per cent. of F o r e i g n Miss ionar ies are f rom the same source. D u r i n g the yea r 1939 the Scr ip tures dist r i b u t e d b y the B r i t i s h a n d F o r e i g n B i b l e Soc ie ty , A m e r i c a n B i b l e S o c i e t y a n d the N a t i o n a l B i b l e Soc i e ty of S c o t l a n d , to m e n t i o n o n l y three , reached the colossa l t o t a l of over 28,000,000, p r i n t e d i n m a n y hundreds of languages. T h e t o t a l d i s t r i b u t i o n of copies of the Sc r ip tu res b y a l l o ther na t ions c o m b i n e d for the same p e r i o d is o n l y a few thousands . V e r i l y G o d has found H i s witnesses i n those na t ions tha t have sp rung f rom the race of the B r i t i s h I s l e s !

I n spi te of a l l her faul ts , B r i t a i n a n d her k i n d r e d na t ions t o -day are, f r o m the s p i r i t u a l po in t of v i e w , man i fes t ly a long w a y i n advance of the great C o n t i n e n t a l na t ions steeped i n p a g a n N a z i - i s m , F a s c i s m , A t h e i s m , etc. E s p e c i a l l y n o w i n th i s great W o r l d W a r , where w o u l d the p r o c l a m a t i o n of the G o s p e l be, b u t for B r i t a i n a n d the na t ions tha t have sp rung f r o m h e r ? S u r e l y the B r i t i s h t o -day , n o t w i t h s t a n d i n g a l l t he i r a d m i t t e d b lemishes , are as m u c h G o d ' s witnesses i n the m o d e r n w o r l d as I s rae l of o l d were i n the ancient w o r l d ! A n d i n th i s c o n n e c t i o n i t is in te res t ing to observe tha t the L o r d t h r o u g h the P r o p h e t I sa iah addresses h is people as d w e l l i n g on i s l a n d s : " H e a r k e n un to me , m y p e o p l e ; a n d g ive ear un to me, Ο M Y N A T I O N : for a l a w sha l l proceed f r o m me . T h e I S L E S s h a l l w a i t u p o n me a n d on m i n e a r m s h a l l t h e y t r u s t . " " T h e I S L E S s h a l l w a i t for H i s l a w . " " L i s t e n Ο I S L E S u n t o m e : a n d hea rken ye people f rom fa r . " " W h e r e f o r e g lo r i fy ye the L o r d . . . i n the I S L E S O F T H E

105


W E S T " (the H e b r e w w o r d for sea a n d for west is the s a m e ; " i s l e s of the s e a " is a meaningless t r a n s l a t i o n for a l l i s lands of a n y consequence are i n the sea). T h e o n l y i m p o r t a n t i s lands i n the west are the B r i t i s h Isles a n d I ce l and . I n his w o r k o n Pre-historic Nations B a l d w i n says, " I n S a n s k r i t books the B r i t i s h Is lands are descr ibed as " T h e Sac red Isles of the W e s t . " T h e s m a l l n u m b e r of people i n h a b i t i n g Icel a n d , a l t h o u g h f o r m i n g a separate c o m m u n i t y , are of the same race as the B r i t i s h , w i t h the Nor se e lement pred o m i n a t i n g .

T h e Grea t P y r a m i d iden t i f i ca t ion of B r i t a i n as the people w h o are to l ead the w a y t h r o u g h the present chao t i c t r a n s i t i o n pe r iod in to the N e w O r d e r of s p i r i t u a l va lues a c c o r d i n g to the D i v i n e purpose, however , is v e r y s t r i k i n g . I t w i l l be recal led tha t a l t h o u g h the shor t passage l e a d i n g f r o m the end of the G r a n d G a l l e r y per ta ins to the G r e a t W a r , the date m a r k e d b y i ts ent rance (4th A u g u s t , 1914) is not the date w h e n the w a r began b u t t h a t o n w h i c h B r i t a i n en tered in to i t , a n d the l eng th of the passage corresponds t o the precise pe r iod tha t B r i t a i n was i n t ha t w o r l d conf l ic t . B r i t a i n is therefore the n a t i o n tha t , t h r o u g h the centur ies has s y m b o l i c a l l y t raversed the G r a n d G a l l e r y f r o m i t s b e g i n n i n g m a r k i n g A.D. 33, w h e n the J ews , as a n a t i o n , were cast off f r o m D i v i n e favour . T h i s c o m p l e t e l y conf i rms ou r findings r ega rd ing the c i rcumstances of the ea r ly h i s t o r y of B r i t a i n , a n d demonst ra tes t ha t B r i t a i n was the n a t i o n to w h i c h C h r i s t referred w h e n H e sa id t ha t the interests of H i s K i n g d o m w o u l d be t a k e n f rom the Jews a n d g i v e n to ano ther n a t i o n . T h e fact tha t B r i t a i n is the n a t i o n whose course d u r i n g the past n ineteen centur ies is represented b y the t r a c k of the passage floor th roughou t the G r a n d G a l l e r y means tha t B r i t i s h h i s t o ry has been G o d - d i r e c t e d so as t o deve lop i n the B r i t i s h race those charac ter i s t ics a n d v i r t u e s necessary to p e r f o r m the t ask n o w en t rus ted to us. T h i s exp la ins w h y the A n g l o -C e l t o - S a x o n t empe ramen t is more s u i t e d to serve a n d guide h u m a n i t y t h a n is the C o n t i n e n t a l t y p e i n general . I n the h a n d of G o d , B r i t a i n , w i t h her compan ions , is to be a servant


na t ion h e l p i n g the whole w o r l d of m a n k i n d out of the " g u t t e r , " a n d not a n objec t ionable , p r o u d " m a s t e r r a c e " of the t y p e H i t l e r p roposed the G e r m a n s s h o u l d be. T h e B r i t i s h C o m m o n w e a l t h of N a t i o n s has therefore been b u i l t u p under D i v i n e d i r ec t i on a n d has been b rough t i n t o existence for a n endur ing purpose i n the interests of the h u m a n race.

A f t e r the col lapse of F r a n c e i n 1940, the N a z i t y r a n t s were p reven ted f r o m o v e r - r u n n i n g the B r i t i s h Isles, when , h u m a n l y speak ing , t h e y c o u l d have done so. T h a t b y w h i c h the life of the B r i t i s h E m p i r e was preserved a n d to w h i c h our n a t i o n owes i ts v e r y existence t o - d a y was the w i l l of the A l m i g h t y , w h o has g rac ious ly purposed tha t B r i t a i n sha l l be an honoured i n s t rumen t i n the es tab l i shment of " t h e new e a r t h . " T h e B r i t i s h s tood alone for over a year (1940-1941) against the h ideous m i l i t a r y mons te r of E u r o p e a n d saved the freedom of the W o r l d , b u t o n l y b y the grace of G o d . L e t B r i t o n s not forget the de l iverance of D u n k i r k a n d tha t i t q u i c k l y fo l lowed the N a t i o n a l D a y of P r a y e r .

A t th i s j unc tu re s tudents of the Scr ip tu res n a t u r a l l y enquire where do the J e w s come i n t o the p i c t u r e ? Does not the B i b l e t each t h a t the J e w s are to be res tored at the end of the age a n d p l a y a n i m p o r t a n t p a r t i n the i n a u g u r a t i o n of " t h e new e a r t h " ? Y e s , i t is pe r fec t ly c lear f r o m the B i b l e t ha t the J ews , or a c e r t a in sec t ion of t h e m at a n y rate, are go ing to have such a n exper ience a n d r eve l a t i on at the close of the present age tha t " t h e y s h a l l l ook u p o n h i m w h o m they have p ie rced [Jesus] a n d t h e y s h a l l m o u r n for h i m , as one m o u r n e t h for h is o n l y s o n " (Zechar iah 12, 6-10). T h e con tex t of th is passage of Sc r ip tu re reveals t ha t th i s is to occur at the t ime w h e n J e r u s a l e m a n d J u d e a are b e i n g r e - inhab i t ed a n d reb u i l t b y the house of J u d a h , the Jews . T h e r e t u r n of J e w s to Pa les t ine a n d the r e b u i l d i n g of the ci t ies of J u d a h a n d c r ea t i on of n e w towns w i t h popu la t i ons en t i re ly J e w i s h i n the H o l y L a n d has been g o i n g o n v i g o r o u s l y before our eyes for the past 25 years , t h a t is , ever since the de l iverance of J e r u sa l em a n d the P r o m i s e d L a n d i n 1917-1918. Therefore, the l o n g fore to ld great s p i r i t u a l a w a k e n i n g of the Jews is

THE GREAT PYRAMID

i m m i n e n t , a n d so great w i l l be the a w a k e n i n g a n d so r a d i c a l the change i n the re l ig ious life of the Jews tha t the B i b l e declares i t w i l l p r o f o u n d l y influence the o ther na t ions a n d t h a t u l t i m a t e l y the J e w s w i l l l e ad the na t ions i n the w o r s h i p of G o d ; l i s t en aga in to the vo ice of the P r o p h e t Z e c h a r i a h , " T h u s s a i t h the L O R D of h o s t s ; I n those days i t s h a l l come to pass, t ha t t en m e n s h a l l t ake h o l d out of a l l languages of the na t ions , even s h a l l t ake h o l d of the s k i r t of h i m tha t is a J E W , s ay ing , W e w i l l go w i t h y o u : for we have h e a r d tha t G o d is w i t h y o u . " " Y e a , m a n y people a n d s t rong na t ions sha l l come to seek the L O R D of hosts i n J e r u s a l e m , a n d to p r a y before the L o r d " (Zechar iah 8, 2 2 - 2 3 ) . T h e D i v i n e l y a l loca ted func t ion of the re fo rmed J e w s i n the es tab l i shment of " t h e new e a r t h " is e v i d e n t l y m a i n l y connec ted w i t h ecclesias t ical mat te r s a n d the w o r s h i p of G o d , a n d so we find tha t w h e n the Israeli tes were first f o rmed in to an organised c o m m u n i t y after the E x o d u s G o d des t ined the H o u s e of J u d a h to be H i s sanc tua ry , as the P s a l m i s t d e c l a r e s : " J u d a h was H i s s a n c t u a r y . "

A s we are n o w i n the chao t i c t r a n s i t i o n p e r i o d be tween the O l d Orde r a n d the N e w W o r l d , we w o u l d n a t u r a l l y expect to see b y th i s t i m e the first signs at least , of some m o v e m e n t w i t h i n J e w r y itself, a n d also signs of A n g l o - J e w i s h co-opera t ion , as i t is u p o n B r i t a i n t ha t the b u r d e n of the t a sk falls i n the l ead ing of h u m a n i t y i n to the N e w Order . A n d t rue enough, a v i r i l e H e b r e w - C h r i s t i a n m o v e m e n t has sp rung in to existence amongst the J e w s themselves i n recent years . Bes ides , the a t t i tude of J e w r y i n genera l t owards Jesus Chr i s t is c h a n g i n g — not tha t t h e y as a whole are ye t r ega rd ing h i m as the i r Mess i ah , b u t the i r a t t i t ude has become f r i end ly , a n d Jesus of N a z a r e t h is n o w even freely discussed i n some R a b i n n i c a l c i rc les .

A s for the recent deve lopment of B r i t o - J e w i s h co l l abo ra t i on , th i s is a lmost too w e l l k n o w n to be repea ted here. T h e first i m p o r t a n t m o v e was m a d e i n N o v e m b e r , 1917, w h e n the B r i t i s h G o v e r n m e n t issued the famous B a l f o u r D e c l a r a t i o n p r o m i s i n g to fac i l i ta te the es tab l i shment of a n a t i o n a l home for the J e w s i n Pa les t ine . E a r l y i n the nex t m o n t h the

108

THE GREAT PYRAMID

B r i t i s h de l i ve red J e r u s a l e m f rom centur ies of oppress ion, wh i l s t i n the f o l l o w i n g year the T u r k s were d r i v e n en t i re ly out of Pa les t ine a n d the whole c o u n t r y fe l l i n to B r i t i s h hands. J e w i s h i m m i g r a n t s t hen p o u r e d in to Pa les t ine . I n 1925, L o r d B a l f o u r opened the famous H e b r e w U n i v e r s i t y i n J e r u sa l em " t h e c r o w n of H e b r e w R e v i v a l " a n d th i s has become the centre of J e w i s h life a n d cu l tu re th roughou t the w o r l d . H e b r e w , w h i c h has been a dead language for a m u c h longer p e r i o d t h a n L a t i n , has been r e v i v e d i n Pa les t ine a n d is recogn i sed b y the G o v e r n m e n t as an official language of the c o u n t r y . T h e n the in tens i f ied persecu t ion of the Jews i n C o n t i n e n t a l E u r o p e , espec ia l ly i n G e r m a n y after the a s sumpt ion of power b y H i t l e r , caused increased J e w i s h i m m i g r a t i o n in to Pa les t ine a n d a great i n f l u x of J ews in to the B r i t i s h Isles a n d U . S . A . H o w e v e r , as w i l l be observed , a l l th is wonde r fu l deve lopment h a d i ts o r i g i n i n the B a l f o u r D e c l a r a t i o n , a n d on th i s po in t the words of G e n e r a l L u d e n d o r f f are w o r t h y of n o t e : he sa id , " B y the B a l f o u r D e c l a r a t i o n of 2 n d N o v e m b e r , 1 9 1 7 , w i t h i t s f a r - r e a c h i n g p r o m i s e s , B r i t a i n u n d e r t o o k t o p r o t e c t the J e w i s h n a t i o n , a n d t h u s b o u n d u p the i n t e r e s t s of t ha t n a t i o n w i t h h e r o w n d e s t i n y . " (These Eventful Years, V o l . I , p . 280). T h u s the Jews are n o w b o u n d u p i n the des t iny of B r i t a i n i n h a r m o n y w i t h the D i v i n e a r rangement , so tha t t hey w i l l be r eady to pe r fo rm the i r p a r t i c u l a r func t ion a n d co l l ab orate w i t h us w h e n B r i t a i n , w h i c h mus t also yet be purged , l ays the founda t ions of " t h e new e a r t h " i n the years tha t l ie i m m e d i a t e l y ahead .

A s the H o l y L a n d is n o w under B r i t i s h c o n t r o l a n d the res to ra t ion of the Jews is t a k i n g place w i t h i n the scope a n d j u r i s d i c t i o n of the B r i t i s h E m p i r e , a n d the des t iny of the Jews has become inco rpo ra t ed w i t h i n our o w n des t iny , the course of the Jews at th i s stage is therefore not shown separately i n the P y r a m i d , bu t is i n c l u d e d i n tha t of the B r i t i s h E m p i r e as pa r t of the one great compos i te " n a t i o n " or power tha t w i l l , w h e n fur ther purged , cons t i tu te the nucleus of " t h e new e a r t h . "

W h e n we speak of B r i t a i n i n th i s connec t ion , of course we

109


m e a n the whole of w h a t is n o w ca l l ed the A n g l o - S a x o n w o r l d , the ke rne l of w h i c h is G r e a t B r i t a i n . I n fact, the P y r a m i d shows tha t associated w i t h G r e a t B r i t a i n as pa r t of the one great " p o w e r " i n the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w Order , there w i l l be t w o k i n d r e d c o m m u n i t i e s w h o are not under the B r i t i s h C r o w n , n a m e l y , the U n i t e d States of A m e r i c a a n d Ice land . I t is ra ther r emarkab le tha t one of these, the U . S . A . , is enormous (popula t ion , 130,000,000), w h i l e the other , I ce land , is v e r y t i n y (popula t ion 130,000). A s one is a t h o u s a n d t imes larger t h a n the o ther i n p o p u l a t i o n , the i r funct ions i n connec t ion w i t h the N e w O r d e r are, as we w o u l d expect , en t i r e ly different.

F r o m the s t andpo in t of h i s t o r i c a l deve lopment , the U . S . A . is , of course, r e a l l y a deve lopmen t out of the B r i t i s h E m p i r e . T h e first co lonisa t ions were a l l B r i t i s h a n d the b u l k of the p o p u l a t i o n of the U . S . A . t o - d a y are of the A n g l o - C e l t o - S a x o n s tock of the B r i t i s h Isles, w h i l s t the i r language a n d even the i r weights a n d measures are B r i t i s h , a n d t h e y have the same rel igious ou t look . H e n c e i t is no t s u r p r i s i n g to f ind the P y r a m i d i n d i c a t i n g tha t A m e r i c a together w i t h the members of the B r i t i s h C o m m o n w e a l t h w i l l act as one w i t h Grea t B r i t a i n a n d con jo in t l y l e a d the w o r l d i n to the N e w Orde r .

T h e Grea t S t ep at the e n d of the G r a n d G a l l e r y is one of the k e y features i n the ent i re P y r a m i d . A s e x p l a i n e d above , i ts geometr ic cons t ruc t i on suppl ies the k e y to the ch rono log ica l scale of the h o r i z o n t a l inset t ha t fol lows, bu t i t is also the k e y to m u c h more . T h e v e r t i c a l edge of the G r e a t S tep defines the E - W A x i s a n d therefore the l a t i t ude of the P y r a m i d . T h e date m a r k e d on the genera l c h r o n o g r a p h b y th i s v e r t i c a l r iser of the S tep is 1846, the yea r t ha t wi tnessed the " c o m p l e t i o n " of the U . S . A . , the largest s ingle A n g l o - S a x o n n a t i o n i n the w o r l d . T h a t yea r saw the U . S . A . at w a r w i t h M e x i c o , a n d th is r esu l t ed i n colossal acqu is i t ions of t e r r i t o r y ; the whole of N e w M e x i c o , A r i z o n a , T e x a s a n d C a l i f o r n i a (a t o t a l area greater t h a n tha t of the ent ire B r i t i s h Isles, F r ance , G e r m a n y a n d I t a l y a l l pu t together) b e i n g a n n e x e d to the U . S . A . , thus " c o m p l e t i n g " A m e r i c a as i t s tands to-day . These vast ter r i tor ies were occup ied b y the U . S . A . i n 1846,


the official annexa t ions t a k i n g p lace d u r i n g 1846-1850. A.D. 1846 was the yea r i n w h i c h the U n i t e d States expanded i tse l f ove r the f u l l b r e a d t h of the great A m e r i c a n Con t inen t f rom the A t l a n t i c to the Pac i f i c , as i t appears o n our maps at the present day . P r i o r to t h a t date the U . S . A . o n l y ex tended over the eastern pa r t o f the con t inen t , a n d h a d o n l y the A t l a n t i c seaboard . I n t h a t same year , 1846, the b o u n d a r y be tween the U n i t e d Sta tes a n d C a n a d a was fixed b y l a w a n d the b o u n d a r y obel isks each b e a r i n g the date 1846 were erected a l l a l ong the f ront ier f r om the Pac i f i c t o the G r e a t L a k e s — bu t , of course, east of th i s t h e y were no t necessary, as n a t u r a l geograph ica l features (lakes a n d r ivers) m a i n l y f o r m the b o u n d a r y . I t is r e m a r k a b l e t h a t 1846, the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s American Identification Date, s h o u l d be e x h i b i t e d o n stone across the A m e r i c a n C o n t i n e n t for w e l l ove r a t h o u s a n d mi les , a n d t h a t th i s l o n g l ine of da t ed stones s h o u l d m a r k the b o u n d a r y be tween t h a t c o u n t r y a n d p a r t of the B r i t i s h E m p i r e , whose course is represented b y the floor of the G r a n d G a l l e r y on w h i c h the 1846 date is so p r o m i n e n t l y m a r k e d . T h i s 1846-da te -boundary - l ine , w h i c h lies due east-west for m u c h of i ts course (on 4 9 t h Pa ra l l e l ) forms a n ax i s d i v i d i n g the great N o r t h A m e r i c a n Con t inen t i n to t w o p r a c t i c a l l y equa l par t s of w e l l over 3,000,000 square mi l e s each. T h e v e r t i c a l front of the G r e a t S t ep lies e x a c t l y o n the east-west ax i s of the P y r a m i d a n d therefore m a r k s i ts l a t i t ude . T h u s the l a t i t ude of the apex a n d centre of the G r e a t P y r a m i d m a r k the date 1846 o n the P y r a m i d ' s ch ronograph . B u t th i s l a t i t ude at w h i c h the G r e a t P y r a m i d is b u i l t , n a m e l y 29o 58 ' 5 1 " N . , c h r o n o l o g i c a l l y m a r k i n g A.D. 1846, is the m e a n l a t i t ude of the sou the rn b o u n d a r y of the U . S . A . , i.e. the U . S . A . - M e x i c o f ront ier , w h i c h was a c t u a l l y defined i n t h a t v e r y year , 1846, w h e n the south-west te r r i to r ies were occup ied b y U . S . A . t roops (the s t a t u t o r y fixing of the va r ious sections of i t t a k i n g p lace d u r i n g the four years i m m e d i a t e l y fo l lowing) . A n d as i f to m a r k the m e a n l a t i t u d e of the b o u n d a r y , the front ier a c t u a l l y crosses the p a r a l l e l of l a t i t ude of the G r e a t P y r a m i d at a p o i n t jus t m i d - w a y across the Con t inen t be tween the G u l f of


T H E ORIGINAL G R E A T S E A L O F T H E

UNITED STATES OF A M E R I C A R E V E R S E S I D E

Annuit coeptis — H e h a t h p rospered ou r beg inn ings

Novus ordo seclorum = A N e w O r d e r of A g e s


M e x i c o a n d the Pac i f i c Coast (the R i o G r a n d e de l N o r t e f o r m i n g the border - l ine at the spot) . I t shou ld be no t ed too tha t the P y r a m i d ' s pa r a l l e l of l a t i t ude defines the general l ine of the ma jo r p o r t i o n of the sou th coast of the U n i t e d states of A m e r i c a (Gu l f of M e x i c o ) .

A s 1846 was the year i n w h i c h the largest of a l l the present A n g l o - C e l t o - S a x o n nat ions , the U n i t e d States of A m e r i c a , was formed, as we k n o w i t on the m a p today , h o w signif icant is the date 1846 revea led i n the P y r a m i d on the specific t r a c k tha t represents the course of the A n g l o - C e l t o - S a x o n na t ions w h i c h have deve loped out of the o r ig ina l race of the B r i t i s h Isles. F u r t h e r m o r e , as the Grea t Step, w h i c h m a r k s the year 1846, o n the ch ronograph , const i tutes the s t r u c t u r a l b e g i n n i n g of the spec ia l h o r i z o n t a l passage sys t em at the en la rged inset scale app l i cab le t o M o d e r n T i m e s , w h i c h s y s t e m por t r ays the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the pe rmanen t N e w Orde r—note , n o t s i m p l y a n e w age b u t a new w o r l d , a new order of ages. I n v i e w of th is , h o w h i g h l y s ignif icant is the fact t ha t o n the reverse side of the official Great Seal of the United States of America there is p o r t r a y e d the P y r a m i d w i t h the A p e x or T o p Stone ra i sed u p separa te ly above i t a n d enc i rc l ed w i t h the ha lo of D i v i n e G l o r y under the A l l - S e e i n g E y e , w h i l s t unde rnea th are the three L a t i n words " N O V U S O R D O S E C L O R U M " m e a n i n g A New Order of Ages, wh i l s t over the t o p are the t w o L a t i n words " A N N U I T C O E P T I S " He has prospered our beginnings. (This Sea l is , of course, used for off ic ial documents . B o t h sides of i t were also p r i n t e d o n the do l l a r notes i ssued i n December , 1935.) One cannot refrain f r o m r e m a r k i n g , w h a t a p i t y these wonde r fu l mot toes , so fu l l of m e a n i n g , are h i d d e n i n the dead language L a t i n . E v e n the B i b l e i tse l f was k e p t i n L a t i n i n the D a r k Ages i n order t h a t the c o m m o n people m i g h t be kep t i n ignorance regard ing i t s r e a l t each ing . I n more m o d e r n t imes of course, there is u s u a l l y no u l t e r io r m o t i v e i n the use of L a t i n on official or p u b l i c documen t s a n d m o t t o e s ; i t has s i m p l y become a hab i t — a b a d h a b i t , for i t keeps the c o m m o n people i n the da rk . M a y we suggest t h a t L a t i n be abo l i shed f rom a l l documents , Η


n a t i o n a l mot toes , prescr ip t ions a n d the l i k e t ha t come before the pub l i c not ice , a n d tha t the m o d e r n language of the c o u n t r y be adop ted ins tead , so tha t the people c a n comprehend . (The au thor makes th is suggest ion c o m p l e t e l y w i t h o u t pre judice , for he happens to k n o w s o m e t h i n g of L a t i n — h a v i n g s t ud i ed the language cons i s ten t ly for severa l years a n d then ca r r i ed off a F i r s t P r i z e i n the subject.) I n the case n o w before us we spec ia l ly suggest to our A m e r i c a n b re th ren tha t the L a t i n be r e m o v e d f rom the i r Grea t Sea l , a n d tha t the g r a n d n a t i o n a l mottoes thereon, f raught w i t h u n c o m m o n t r u t h , be expressed i n E n g l i s h tha t a l l m a y under s t and . The re are no o ther n a t i o n a l mot toes i n the w o r l d to compare w i t h t h e m ; t hey express i n a nu t she l l the des t iny of the U n i t e d States of A m e r i c a a n d the v e r y purpose for w h i c h the A l m i g h t y b rough t the A m e r i c a n N a t i o n i n t o exis tence—to l ead the w o r l d i n to "a new order of ages," i n c o l l a b o r a t i o n w i t h the great B r i t i s h C o m m o n w e a l t h of N a t i o n s , hence the signif icance also of the words on the obverse side of the Grea t Sea l , "E P L U R I B U S U N U M " " O n e out of many." T r u l y A m e r i c a n s c a n a l r eady say, " H e hath prospered our beginnings."

F r o m the above facts, therefore, the P y r a m i d c l ea r ly reveals t ha t the U . S . A . , a m o d e r n n a t i o n w h i c h has o n l y come in to existence i n v e r y recent t imes , a l t h o u g h no t off ic ia l ly w i t h i n the B r i t i s h C o m m o n w e a l t h of N a t i o n s , is nevertheless incor pora ted i n the great A n g l o - S a x o n " p o w e r " D i v i n e l y designed to in t roduce the N e w Order . T h e fact t ha t the G r e a t Step, w h i c h we c o u l d a p p r o p r i a t e l y c a l l the " A m e r i c a n " Step, is the s t r u c t u r a l feature t ha t in t roduces us to the specia l h o r i z o n t a l passage sys t em w h i c h po r t r ays the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w Orde r reveals t h a t i n the D i v i n e purpose the new w o r l d c o u l d not come in to b e i n g u n t i l the U . S . A . h a d first of a l l been b rough t i n to existence a n d g r o w n to " c o m p l e t i o n " a n d fur thermore , t ha t the U . S . A . is to p l a y a v e r y p rominen t par t i n i n t r o d u c i n g the " n e w order of ages." T h e t o t a l l eng th of th i s h o r i z o n t a l passage s y s t e m b e y o n d the G r a n d G a l l e r y is 475-1/3 P y r a m i d inches , a n d the ch rono log i ca l scale appl icab le thereto as revea led b y the geometr ic cons t ruc t ion


of the i n t r o d u c t o r y S tep is a P y r a m i d i n c h to a m o n t h of 30 days , as a l r e a d y demons t ra ted , hence the p e r i o d represented is 475-1/3 m o n t h s of 30 days , t ha t is, 14,260 days . A s a l ready ascer ta ined, the entrance i n to t ha t h o r i z o n t a l passage sys tem m a r k s m i d n i g h t , A u g u s t 4 t h , 1914, w h e n B r i t a i n entered the Grea t W a r a n d the p r e l i m i n a r y stage i n the smash ing of the O l d O r d e r b e g a n ; 14,260 days f rom tha t t i m e br ings us to A u g u s t 20 th , 1953, as the date b y w h i c h the t r ans i t i on per iod w i l l h ave ended, the O l d O r d e r gone, a n d the foundat ions of the N e w O r d e r of Ages w i l l have been l a i d . W h i l e the m a i n p i l l a r s of the o l d " B a b y l o n i a n " sy s t em of ar rogant states i n C o n t i n e n t a l E u r o p e m a y be expec ted to col lapse i n 1945 as s h o w n b y the Sub te r r anean C h a m b e r deta i ls , nevertheless there are m a n y other lesser p rops of the o l d unjust Order to come d o w n after tha t , some of t h e m indeed i n nea r ly every c o u n t r y . T h e P y r a m i d shows tha t after the downfa l l of the aggressor powers , p r a c t i c a l l y ano ther decade w i l l pass before a l l the va r ious unr igh teous i n s t i t u t i ons of the O l d Orde r are b rough t to a n end . S imu l t aneous w i t h the m o p p i n g u p of the O l d Orde r , the N e w w i l l , of course, g r a d u a l l y come i n .

A l t h o u g h the date o n the c h r o n o g r a p h m a r k e d b y the end of the G r a n d G a l l e r y is 1914, as ob t a ined b y the direct measuremen t u p the passages at the Mess ian ic A n g l e , nevertheless i n a c t u a l l y t r ave r s ing the G r a n d G a l l e r y , at the end we encounter a n d m u s t s u r m o u n t the Grea t S tep at the 50 th course of the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s m a s o n r y , thus suggest ing the approach to the great J u b i l e e of R e s t i t u t i o n a n d Rec t i f i c a t i on , w h i c h ind ica tes t ha t we are be ing i n t r o d u c e d to the p r e l i m i n a r y p repara t ions for the R e c t i f i c a t i o n of the W o r l d . B u t R e c t i f i c a t i o n is imposs ib le so l o n g as the O l d Orde r stands, hence the first steps i n v o l v e the des t ruc t ion of the O l d W o r l d . I f a garden c i t y is to be b u i l t on a site at present occupied b y s lums, the first j ob is the d e m o l i t i o n of the s l u m p rope r ty . T h e O l d O r d e r is l i ke the s l u m dwel l ings , i n more senses t h a n one, a n d the i n i t i a l process of rec t i f ica t ion is o b v i o u s l y the d e m o l i t i o n of the m a i n s t ructures , at least, of tha t O l d Order . T h e m a i n s t ructures of the ea r th ly phase of the O l d O r d e r


are, of course, the great empires a n d states tha t have t r i ed to domina te a n d enslave the w o r l d for the i r o w n selfish aggrandisement . T h e d i rec t measurement u p the G r a n d G a l l e r y to the beg inn ing of the h o r i z o n t a l inset g ives the ch ronog raph date 1914 as the b e g i n n i n g of the i n i t i a l stage of t h a t d e m o l i t i o n . T h e fact t ha t the d i rec t c h r o n o g r a p h measuremen t g i v i n g the 4 t h A u g u s t , 1914 date ignores the " A m e r i c a n " S tep shows tha t on tha t date B r i t a i n alone, w i t h o u t the U . S . A . , w o u l d be i n v o l v e d i n the b e g i n n i n g of the i n i t i a l state. A s o n l y the B r i t i s h a n d k i n d r e d na t ions are s h o w n i n the upper passages of the P y r a m i d , there is n o t h i n g to p reven t al l ies j o i n i n g w i t h t h e m , ei ther because t h e y have the w i s d o m to do so, or are forced i n t o the pos i t i on t h r o u g h c i rcumstances . B u t i t mus t be c l ea r ly observed tha t at the b e g i n n i n g of the F i r s t W o r l d W a r i n 1914 a n d at the beg inn ing of the present Second W o r l d W a r (which is b u t the c o n t i n u a t i o n of the F i r s t ) w h e n G e r m a n y began her great aggressions o n surr o u n d i n g na t ions , the first n a t i o n to c a l l to account the m i g h t y murderous aggressor a n d declare w a r on G e r m a n y at great pe r i l to herself ( h u m a n l y speaking) was B r i t a i n — w h i c h demonstra tes the t r u t h of the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s r eve la t ion tha t B r i t a i n is the " s p e a r h e a d " of the N e w O r d e r o n E a r t h .

T h e uppermos t p o r t i o n of the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s in t e r io r passage sys t em por t r ays th is t r a n s i t i o n pe r iod (1914-1953) f rom the s t andpo in t of the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w Order , wh i l s t the lowermos t p o r t i o n , l y i n g some 240 feet v e r t i c a l l y benea th , depic ts the s imul taneous o v e r t h r o w a n d des t ruc t ion of the O l d Order . T h e p e r i o d of 4 years f rom the s u m m e r of the yea r 1941 to the year 1945 is revea led to be the t i m e of the s i n k i n g , col lapse , a n d des t ruc t ion of the A x i s Powers w h i c h are the m a i n p i l l a r s of the O l d Order . T h e present W o r l d W a r w i l l deve lop in to the G r e a t R e v o l u t i o n — a r e v o l u t i o n such as the w o r l d has never k n o w n , one i n c o m p a r i s o n w i t h w h i c h the F r e n c h a n d R u s s i a n R e v o l u t i o n s w i l l be i n s ignif icant . Those great organisa t ions whose headquar te rs are i n R o m e a n d B e r l i n , bu t whose influence a n d in t r igue ex tend to every pa r t of the G lobe , w i l l be g r o u n d to powder a n d


u t t e r l y des t royed , never to rise aga in . W i t h t h e m the bondage a n d in to le rance of the O l d O r d e r w i l l go, a n d the l i b e r t y of the i n d i v i d u a l sou l w i l l t r i u m p h .

A s w i l l be seen f rom the char t s , the spec ia l h o r i z o n t a l passage s y s t e m b e y o n d the G r a n d G a l l e r y is m a i n l y cons t ruc ted of red grani te . T h e first l o w pa r t , however , is en t i r e ly of l imestone, a n d per ta ins , as we have seen b y i ts s y m b o l i s m a n d measuremen t , to the p e r i o d of the F i r s t W o r l d W a r i n r e l a t ion to B r i t a i n , f r om 4 t h A u g u s t , 1914, to A r m i s t i c e D a y , n t h N o v e m b e r , 1918. T h i s was the i n i t i a l stage of the W o r l d T r i b u l a t i o n w i t h w h i c h " t h i s present e v i l w o r l d " ends a n d was p r o p h e t i c a l l y referred to b y Chr i s t as " the b e g i n n i n g of s o r r o w s " d u r i n g w h i c h J e r u s a l e m a n d Judaea ceased to be " t r o d d e n d o w n of the G e n t i l e s . " J e r u s a l e m was de l ivered i n the c los ing m o n t h of 1917 a n d the ent i re c o u n t r y was freed i n 1918, a n d since t hen t h e y have not been " t r o d d e n d o w n " b y a n y p o w e r ; o n the c o n t r a r y the H o l y L a n d , w i t h i ts c a p i t a l , J e r u s a l e m , have been up l i f t ed b y B r i t a i n f r om the ashes of centuries . I n O u r L o r d ' s G r e a t P r o p h e c y (Mat t . 24, M a r k 13, L u k e 21) f rom w h i c h the above quo ta t ions are t a k e n H e says, " t h i s genera t ion [i.e. the genera t ion tha t witnesses " t h e beg inn ing of s o r r o w s " a n d is l i v i n g w h e n J e r u s a l e m is del ivered] sha l l not pass a w a y t i l l a l l be f u l f i l l e d . " ( L u k e 21, 3 2 ) . A c c o r d i n g to B i b l i c a l u s a g e a genera t ion was 40 years , the d u r a t i o n of the W i l d e r n e s s J o u r n e y of the Israeli tes (Numbers 32, 1 3 ) . " T h e b e g i n n i n g of s o r r o w s " c o m m e n c e d i n 1914, a n d therefore the p e r i o d of t ha t genera t ion w i l l " p a s s a w a y " b y 1954, f o r t y years la ter . O u r L o r d ' s G r e a t P r o p h e c y reveals t ha t w i t h i n th is p e r i o d the O l d O r d e r w i l l come to a n end , the F i r s t R e s u r r e c t i o n take p lace a n d " the new h e a v e n s " come in to be ing , a n d the foundat ions be l a i d of the N e w Order , or i n o ther words , the t r a n s i t i o n f r o m the O l d Orde r to the N e w w i l l be comple te . A c c o r d i n g to the P r o p h e c y a l l th is is due to be fu l f i l led before the p e r i o d of th i s genera t ion passes a w a y d u r i n g the yea r 1954, t ha t is to say a l l is to be a c c o m p l i shed b y 1953 at the latest . W e have a l r eady shown f rom the geometr ic measurements tha t the end of the h o r i z o n t a l


sys t em s y m b o l i s i n g th is t r a n s i t i o n p e r i o d m a r k s the date 20th A u g u s t , 1953, w h i c h , i t w i l l be obse rved , agrees w i t h O u r L o r d ' s G r e a t P r o p h e c y to the le t ter .

F u r t h e r m o r e , the detai ls p o r t r a y e d i n t ha t h o r i z o n t a l passage sys t em agree prec i se ly w i t h the detai ls of O u r L o r d ' s Grea t P r o p h e c y . A s m e n t i o n e d above , " t h e new h e a v e n s " of the N e w Orde r compr i se Chr i s t a n d h is resur rec ted saints , w h o w i l l d isplace " t h e heavens w h i c h are n o w " cons i s t ing of the D e v i l a n d his demons . I n the B i b l e the N e w O r d e r is often ca l l ed the K i n g d o m of G o d a n d i t was for th i s t ha t Chr i s t t aught us to p r a y " T h y K i n g d o m come, T h y w i l l be done on E a r t h as i t is i n H e a v e n . " H o w e v e r great the prepar at ions n o w be ing made for the N e w Order , i t o b v i o u s l y cannot be f u l l y i naugu ra t ed u n t i l " t h e new h e a v e n s " come in to be ing , tha t is, u n t i l the saints be resur rec ted a n d g i v e n power a n d au tho r i t y , " s i t t i n g w i t h C h r i s t u p o n H i s t h r o n e , " d i s p l a c i n g S a t a n as " t h e god of t h i s w o r l d " a n d " t h e p r ince of the power of the a i r . " T h i s o b v i o u s l y necessitates the F i r s t Resu r rec t ion—the resur rec t ion of C h r i s t ' s sa in t s—to t a k e place i n the present t r a n s i t i o n p e r i o d be tween the O l d O r d e r a n d the N e w ; a n d b o t h the B i b l e a n d the P y r a m i d c l e a r l y r evea l tha t w i l l be so. O u r L o r d i n H i s G r e a t P r o p h e c y reveals t ha t before th is genera t ion passes [i.e. the 1914 generat ion] H e sha l l come for h is saints a n d appear " i n h e a v e n " a n d tha t consequent ly " t h e powers of the [present] heavens sha l l be s h a k e n . " I n h a r m o n y w i t h th i s the A p o s t l e P a u l , address ing the saints , states, " w h e n Chr i s t w h o is our life s h a l l appear , then sha l l ye also appear w i t h h i m i n g l o r y . " So Chr i s t tel ls us tha t w i t h i n the a l l o t t ed genera t ion (1914-1954), w h a t we n o w c a l l the O l d Orde r , the present " heaven a n d ea r th sha l l pass a w a y " i n " a t i m e of t roub le such as never was since there was a n a t i o n " a n d " distress of na t ions w i t h p e r p l e x i t y " —just w h a t we see h a p p e n i n g before our v e r y eyes to -day . A n d Jesus sa id , " W h e n these th ings beg in to come to pass, then look up , a n d l i f t u p y o u r h e a d s : for y o u r de l iverance d r a w e t h n i g h . "

B u t the m a i n feature i n O u r L o r d ' s P r o p h e c y a n d the one


H e spec ia l ly stresses is H i s c o m i n g to take the saints to be w i t h H i m i n g l o r y " i n the heavens , " a n d so we find tha t the p r e d o m i n a t i n g s y m b o l i s m i n the h o r i z o n t a l sy s t em b e y o n d the G r a n d G a l l e r y i n the P y r a m i d per ta ins to the F i r s t Resu r r ec t ion—the ga the r ing of the saints to f o r m " t h e new heavens . "

O n emerg ing f r o m the " G r e a t W a r " Passage we i m m e d i a t e l y find ourselves under the gran i te roof of the " A n t e - C h a m b e r " a n d f r o m tha t po in t o n w a r d the s t ruc ture is a lmos t en t i re ly of g r a n i t e ; the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r i tself a n d the passage lead ing i n t o i t b e i n g w h o l l y grani te . T h e whole grani te arrangement was a l l u d e d to i n the ancient E g y p t i a n r i t u a l as The Secret House. I t forms a separate a n d d i s t inc t ive feature of the P y r a m i d , w h i c h is o therwise b u i l t en t i r e ly of l i m e s t o n e ; i t is r e a l l y a separate b u i l d i n g w i t h i n the l imes tone of the P y r a m i d . I t is also a geometr ic en t i t y , as i t is cons t ruc ted accord ing to a comple te geomet r ic design, the extent of w h i c h coincides e x a c t l y w i t h the comple te grani te s t ruc ture .

A s grani te is a super ior stone to l imestone , the p r e d o m i n a t i n g s y m b o l i s m of the G r a n i t e " H o u s e " i n the P y r a m i d per ta ins to the h igher phase of the N e w Order , tha t is, " t h e new heavens . " B o t h the geomet r ic a n d the s t r uc tu r a l s y m b o l i s m c o m p l e t e l y c o n f i r m th i s . T h e dis tance f rom the end of the l imes tone " G r e a t W a r " passage a long the f u l l l eng th of the " A n t e - C h a m b e r " to the b e g i n n i n g of the G r a n i t e Passage is the same as the height of the G r a n d G a l l e r y ' s p a r t i t i o n grooves above the roof l ine of the F i r s t A s c e n d i n g Passage a n d is e q u a l to the d iameter of the Ce les t ia l C i rc l e (the Y e a r Ci rc le ) . T h u s the l e n g t h of the A n t e - C h a m b e r is such tha t the Ce les t i a l C i r c l e fits e x a c t l y i n to the " c h a m b e r " between i ts n o r t h a n d sou th wa l l s . T h e rad ius (58.13 P") a n d double rad ius or d i ame te r (116.26 P") of the Ce les t ia l C i rc le , i n the P y r a m i d , are i n v a r i a b l y associated w i t h the " h e a v e n s " or s p i r i t u a l l i fe . F o r e x a m p l e , the P y r a m i d ' s A p e x (of the f u l l design) is 5,813 P y r a m i d inches above the base, a n d th is is p rec ise ly 100 t imes the rad ius of the Ce les t ia l C i rc l e . T e n (10) is the comple te n u m b e r , on w h i c h the n u m e r i c systems of a l l na t ions are based. T e n t imes t en (10 X 10) or ten


T H E G R A N I T E

SECRET HOUSE OF T H E P Y R A M I D

" T H I S G E N E R A T I O N S H A L L N O T P A S S A W A Y

T I L L A L L B E F U L F I L L E D " Luke 21:32.


squared (10 2) represents tha t w h i c h is comple te on a l l s ides— perfec t ion. H o w appropr i a t e therefore tha t Chr i s t , the embod imen t of s p i r i t u a l perfec t ion , as H e a d of the N e w H e a v e n s s h o u l d be represented b y the P y r a m i d ' s A p e x or T o p - S t o n e exa l t ed to the he ight of 100 t imes the rad ius of the Ce les t ia l C i rc le above the ear th . T h a t the l eng th of the A n t e - C h a m b e r be ing e q u a l to the Ce les t i a l C i rc l e d iameter is of deep s p i r i t u a l s ignificance a n d has to do w i t h the new heavens is conf i rmed b y the s t r u c t u r a l s y m b o l i s m . A t the e n d of the A n t e - C h a m b e r , over the entrance to the s m a l l G r a n i t e Passage, four deep b r o a d v e r t i c a l grooves rise r ight u p t o the lo f ty roof of the " c h a m b e r . " A t the b o t t o m of each of the v e r t i c a l grooves there is a scoop eight inches long , the lower end of the scoops c o i n c i d i n g w i t h the beg inn ing of the roof of the l o w G r a n i t e Passage. T h e s y m b o l i s m here is u n m i s t a k a b l e ; i t c l ea r ly p ic tures a process of be ing scooped u p or caught u p , w h i c h i n s t i n c t i v e l y cal ls to our m i n d the words of the A p o s t l e P a u l w i t h reference to Chr i s t ' s r e tu rn a n d the F i r s t Resu r r ec t i on w h e n he sa id , " T h e dead i n Chr i s t s h a l l rise f i r s t ; t hen we w h i c h are a l ive a n d r e m a i n S H A L L B E C A U G H T U P together w i t h t h e m i n the c louds to meet the L o r d I N T H E A I R " a n d so f o r m " t h e new h e a v e n s " a n d thus displace the present " p r i n c e of T H E P O W E R O F T H E A I R " as the B i b l e designates the D e v i l . T h e words of O u r L o r d ' s G r e a t P r o p h e c y rega rd ing th is event a r e : " T h e y s h a l l see the S o n of M a n c o m i n g i n the c louds of h e a v e n w i t h power a n d great g lo ry . A n d he sha l l send his angels w i t h a great sound of a t r umpe t , a n d t h e y sha l l gather together h is elect f r o m the four w i n d s "—hence the significance of the four grooves.

These four v e r t i c a l grooves r i s i n g f rom the roof of the G r a n i t e Passage at i t s entrance c l e a r l y show tha t th is passage represents the passage of the saints i n t o g l o r y to f o r m " t h e new heavens ," a n d th i s is c o m p l e t e l y p r o v e d b y the fact tha t th is short passage leads i n t o the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r , the p r e d o m i n a t i n g s y m b o l i s m of w h i c h u n m i s t a k a b l y per ta ins to resur rec t ion g l o r y i n the D i v i n e presence. I n the ancient E g y p t i a n texts


the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r was a l l u d e d to as " T h e C h a m b e r of the R e s u r r e c t i o n " a n d also as " T h e C h a m b e r of the O p e n T o m b " for i n i t s tands the G r a n i t e Coffer, w h i c h has the appearance of a n e m p t y stone coffin w i t h o u t a l i d . T h e ancient E g y p t i a n s of the P y r a m i d p e r i o d , o n obse rv ing w h a t appeared to be a n e m p t y l idless sarcophagus b e i n g p l a c e d i n the P y r a m i d ' s c r o w n i n g c h a m b e r , the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r , w h i l e under cons t ruct i o n , conc luded , a n d r i g h t l y so, t ha t i t s y m b o l i s e d resur rec t ion , bu t n a t u r a l l y t h e y m i s a p p l i e d i t to a l o c a l d e i t y — t h e deif ied O s i r i s — i n s t e a d of to C h r i s t a n d the r i sen saints of a n age t hen i n the far -d is tan t future . S p e a k i n g of the beliefs of the ancient E g y p t i a n s r ega rd ing the P y r a m i d , the w e l l - k n o w n E g y p t o l o gist , M a r s h a m A d a m s , i n h i s w o r k The Book of the Master of the Hidden Places (1933 edi t ion) p . 41, says , " I n t r u t h , the G r e a t P y r a m i d is the H o u s e of a T o m b ; bu t i t is not a c losed bu t a n open t o m b . I t is the t o m b . . . no t of the dead , b u t of the r i s e n . "

I t is r e m a r k a b l e , too , tha t th i s Coffer i n the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r is the same size, i n i t s i n t e r i o r c a p a c i t y , as was the A r k of the C o v e n a n t i n the H o l y of H o l i e s i n the o r i g i n a l H e b r e w T e m p l e at J e r u s a l e m . I t w i l l be r eca l l ed tha t i t was f rom the t o p of the A r k of the Covenan t t h a t the S h e k i n a h L i g h t , represent ing the D i v i n e presence, r ad ia t ed . T h e cor respondency i n s y m b o l i s m be tween the g ran i t e Secret H o u s e i n the hear t of the P y r a m i d a n d the anc ien t H e b r e w Tabernac le or T e m p l e , is s t r i k i n g . T h e t w o gran i te b locks f o r m i n g the roof of the shor t , l o w G r a n i t e Passage, together w i t h the o ther b locks above t h e m c o n s t i t u t i n g the " p a r t i t i o n " be tween the A n t e - C h a m b e r a n d K i n g ' s C h a m b e r co r respond s y m b o l i c a l l y to the e n o r m o u s l y t h i c k c u r t a i n c a l l e d the V a i l w h i c h d i v i d e d the H o l y f r o m the H o l y of H o l i e s , a n d under w h i c h the H i g h P r i e s t h a d to s toop d o w n to g a i n access to the presence of the L o r d represented i n the H o l y of H o l i e s (or M o s t H o l y ) . I n the Tabe rnac l e p rope r or Secret H o u s e , g o l d was the m e t a l used i n cons t ruc t i on , w h i l s t i n the C o u r t outs ide a lower grade of m e t a l , n a m e l y copper , was e m p l o y e d . So the P y r a m i d ' s Secret H o u s e is cons t ruc ted of grani te , wh i l s t outs ide of t ha t


S a n c t u a r y the ent ire P y r a m i d is b u i l t of a lower grade stone, l imes tone . T h u s , g ran i te i n the P y r a m i d corresponds to g o l d i n the Tabernac le a n d represents th ings D i v i n e . T h e K i n g ' s Chamber , the innermos t of the t w o chambers of the P y r a m i d ' s s anc tua ry has the same signif icance as the i nne rmos t of the Tabernac le ' s t w o chambers , the H o l y of H o l i e s .

T h e great m y s t e r y enshr ined i n the P y r a m i d ' s " S e c r e t H o u s e " of grani te , therefore, is the u n i o n of the member s of the t rue c h u r c h w i t h Ch r i s t i n the F i r s t R e s u r r e c t i o n . A n d w h a t is most c o n v i n c i n g , the N e w T e s t a m e n t also declares th is to be the great m y s t e r y of the Sc r ip tu re s t ha t has been h i d d e n f rom ages a n d generat ions. L i s t e n to the f o l l o w i n g s ta tements f r o m the B i b l e : " C h r i s t also l o v e d the c h u r c h a n d gave h imse l f for i t ; tha t he m i g h t sanc t i fy a n d cleanse i t . . . tha t he m i g h t present i t to h i m s e l f a g lor ious c h u r c h , not h a v i n g spot or w r i n k l e or a n y such t h i n g ; bu t t ha t it s h o u l d be h o l y a n d w i t h o u t b l e m i s h . So ought m e n to love the i r w ives as the i r o w n bodies . F o r we are members of his b o d y . F o r th i s cause s h a l l a m a n . . . be j o i n e d un to his wife a n d t h e y t w o s h a l l be one flesh. T h i s i s a g r e a t m y s t e r y : b u t I speak c o n c e r n i n g C h r i s t a n d the C h u r c h . " " B e h o l d , I s h e w y o u a m y s t e r y : we [the saints] sha l l no t a l l sleep, but we sha l l a l l be changed , i n a m o m e n t , i n the t w i n k l i n g of an eye, at the last t r u m p : for the t r u m p e t s h a l l s o u n d a n d the dead sha l l be ra i sed i n c o r r u p t i b l e a n d we s h a l l be changed . " " T h e dead i n Chr i s t sha l l rise first a n d we w h i c h are al ive a n d r e m a i n sha l l be caught u p together w i t h t h e m . . . so s h a l l we ever be w i t h the L o r d . " " T h e m y s t e r y w h i c h ha th been h i d f r o m ages a n d f r o m g e n e r a t i o n s b u t n o w i s m a d e m a n i f e s t to h i s s a i n t s to w h o m G o d w o u l d m a k e k n o w n w h a t i s the r i c h e s of the g l o r y of t h i s m y s t e r y . . . w h i c h is C h r i s t i n y o u , the hope of g l o r y . "

There is no ex i t f r om the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r ; i t is a finality. T h i s shows tha t " t h e new heavens , " c o m p r i s i n g Chr i s t a n d the r i sen saints , a n d of course, " t h e new e a r t h " organised under the i r d i r ec t i on a n d c o n t r o l w i l l be a n a b i d i n g c o n d i t i o n . Hence " t h e new heavens a n d the new ea r th w h e r e i n dwel le th


r i g h t e o u s n e s s " are also t e r m e d i n the B i b l e " t h e w o r l d w i t h o u t e n d . " T h e P r o p h e t D a n i e l says the same t h i n g bu t i n different p h r a s e o l o g y : " T h e saints of the M o s t H i g h sha l l t ake the k i n g d o m , a n d possess the k i n g d o m for ever, even for ever a n d ever . " " A n d the k i n g d o m a n d d o m i n i o n , a n d the greatness of the k i n g d o m under the whole heaven , sha l l be g i v e n to the people of the saints of the M o s t H i g h , whose k i n g d o m is a n eve r l a s t ing k i n g d o m , a n d a l l domin ions sha l l serve a n d obey H i m . "

N o w to summar i se the s i t u a t i o n — T h e h o r i z o n t a l sys tem b e y o n d the G r a n d G a l l e r y po r t r ays the t i m e of t r ans i t i on between the O l d Orde r a n d the N e w Order , a n d is the precise pe r iod covered b y O u r L o r d ' s G r e a t P r o p h e c y . T h e i n t ro d u c t o r y l imes tone sec t ion c o m p r i s i n g the first l o w passage represents the first W o r l d W a r , 1914-1918, w i t h r e la t ion to B r i t a i n , the power tha t l i be ra t ed J e r u s a l e m a n d the H o l y L a n d f r o m age-long oppress ion. T h e L o r d referred to this as " t h e b e g i n n i n g of so r rows , " w h e r e i n H e s a i d " n a t i o n sha l l rise against n a t i o n a n d k i n g d o m against k i n g d o m " a n d J e r u s a l e m w o u l d cease to be " t r o d d e n d o w n of the G e n t i l e s . " B e y o n d the " G r e a t W a r " Passage we come i n t o the sphere of grani te a n d enter the Secret House , the s y m b o l i s m of w h i c h is m a i n l y devo ted to the f ina l u n i o n of Chr i s t a n d the saints (the t rue Church ) i n the F i r s t Resu r r ec t i on . T h i s is the m y s t e r y or secret enshr ined i n the " S e c r e t H o u s e " of the P y r a m i d a n d i t is th i s same great secret or m y s t e r y tha t the B i b l e repea ted ly refers to a n d says i t is the m y s t e r y tha t has been h i d d e n for ages, a n d i t is the m a i n theme of O u r L o r d ' s Grea t P r o p h e c y . C o n c e r n i n g H i s P r o p h e c y the L o r d sa id i t w o u l d a l l be ful f i l led w i t h i n a genera t ion , t ha t is, i n less t h a n 40 years , i n accordance w i t h the B i b l i c a l usage of the t e r m . A c c o r d i n g to the chronolog i ca l scale p r o v i d e d b y the P y r a m i d itself, the measurement of the f u l l l eng th of the " S e c r e t H o u s e " w i t h i ts i n t r o d u c t o r y l imes tone passage reveals t ha t a l l w i l l be fu l f i l led i n 39 years , f r o m 1914 to 1953. V e r i l y , the Grea t P y r a m i d ' s Secret House of grani te , w i t h i ts i n t r o d u c t o r y passage, is O u r L o r d ' s Grea t P r o p h e c y i n s t o n e ! T h e s imul taneous d i s so lu t ion of the

THE GREAT PYRAMID

O l d Orde r i n the " t i m e of t r oub le such as never was since there was a n a t i o n " is p o r t r a y e d i n the G r e a t U n d e r g r o u n d C a v i t y a n d P i t t ha t l i e v e r t i c a l l y benea th the Secret H o u s e .

T h e grani te " S e c r e t H o u s e " is a n en t i t y , f o r m i n g a comple te p a t t e r n of s y m b o l i s m i n i t se l f—a mass of s y m b o l i s m en bloc, p e r t a i n i n g t o the p e r i o d as a who le , i n w h i c h i t is set, n a m e l y , 1918-1953. I n the A n t e - C h a m b e r p o r t i o n , p a r t i c u l a r l y , the s y m b o l i s m is v e r y e laborate , i n v o l v i n g po r t cu l l i s a r rangements , p i las ters , b r o a d groovings , s emi -c i r cu l a r cu t t ings , wainscots , e t c . ; o b v i o u s l y i t w o u l d be unreasonable to measure u p a n y one of these deta i l s , ca lcu la te a date the re f rom a n d expect the p a r t i c u l a r s y m b o l i c d e t a i l o n l y to a p p l y to t ha t m o m e n t of t i m e . C l e a r l y the e laborate s y m b o l i s m appl ies to the G r a n i t e H o u s e as a who le a n d w i l l a l l be fu l f i l led w i t h i n the ch rono log ica l p e r i o d represented the reby . E v e n the geome t r i ca l cons t ruct i o n conf i rms th i s . I f the Ce les t i a l C i r c l e , w h i c h e x a c t l y fits i n to the A n t e - C h a m b e r a n d defines i ts l eng th , be regarded as a ch rono log i ca l c y c l e , t h a t is to say i f i t were t o m a k e a comple te r e v o l u t i o n a long the inset c h r o n o g r a p h , w h i c h is represented o n the floor, the date def ined b y the e n d of the cyc le w o u l d be 2 0 t h A u g u s t , 1953, w h i c h is the v e r y d a y , m a r k e d b y the e n d of the P y r a m i d ' s " G r a n i t e H o u s e . " T h a t is to say, the ent i re mass of de t a i l ed s y m b o l i s m p o r t r a y e d i n grani te forms one comprehens ive whole app l i cab l e to the pe r iod as a whole , s h o w i n g the deve lopments t ha t w i l l t ake place w i t h i n the specif ied p e r i o d represented b y the G r a n i t e House a n d defined b y the c h r o n o l o g i c a l cyc le of the Ce les t i a l C i rc le w h i c h is g e o m e t r i c a l l y p o r t r a y e d i n the A n t e - C h a m b e r at the entrance to t h a t G r a n i t e H o u s e .

H o w per fec t ly th i s p o s i t i o n harmonises w i t h w h a t Chr i s t f o r e t o l d ! H e t o l d us t ha t w h e n we see these th ings begin to t ake p lace (and we have n o w seen " t h e b e g i n n i n g of s o r r o w s " a n d de l iverance of J e r u s a l e m w h i c h he prophesied) the genera t ion w i tne s s ing t h e m w o u l d not pass a w a y t i l l a l l the words of H i s G r e a t P r o p h e c y h a d been fu l f i l led . T h e m a i n event deal t w i t h i n the P r o p h e c y a n d the one tha t is emphasised is the final u n i o n of a l l the elect sa ints w i t h Chr i s t

126


i n g l o r y , w h i c h is therefore due w i t h i n the B i b l i c a l genera t ion of 40 years f r o m " t h e b e g i n n i n g of s o r r o w s " i n 1914. T h e P y r a m i d shows also t h a t a l l t h a t is fo re to ld i n our L o r d ' s G r e a t P r o p h e c y is c h r o n o l o g i c a l l y due to occur b y the f a l l of 1953, jus t w i t h i n the 40 years ' l i m i t . W h i l e the L o r d i n fo rmed us of the p e r i o d , H e d i d no t r e v e a l the precise d a y w h e n the u n i o n of H i s t rue c h u r c h w i t h H i m w o u l d be c o m p l e t e d i n g lo ry , b u t o n the c o n t r a r y t o l d us to " W a t c h ! " A l t h o u g h the exact p e r i o d is so def in i te ly s h o w n i n the P y r a m i d , even to the v e r y d a y , a n d the s y m b o l i s m p o r t r a y i n g the glor i f icat i o n of the c h u r c h so o u t s t a n d i n g l y c lear a n d p r e d o m i n a n t , ye t the precise date w i t h i n the specif ied p e r i o d is not revealed , bu t here, as i n the Sc r ip tu res , there is sufficient m a d e p l a i n to cause e v e r y f a i t h fu l footstep fo l lower of Ch r i s t to " W a t c h " d i l i g e n t l y , for at the mos t there is o n l y some t en years to r u n , a n d i t m a y be m u c h less, for the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r represents the i n a u g u r a t i o n of " t h e new h e a v e n s " w i t h the nucleus of " t h e new e a r t h " unde r i ts c o n t r o l b y the f a l l of the yea r 1953. B u t h a v i n g been i n s t r u c t e d t o w a t c h , let us w a t c h for a n y ind ica t ions t ha t the t i m e m a y be nearer . T w o dates i n con nec t i on w i t h B i b l i c a l t ime-prophec ies f a l l w i t h i n th is br ief p e r i o d , a n d i t w i l l be w o r t h our w h i l e to w a t c h t h e m . T h e beginnings a n d endings of the l o n g - t e r m per iods of ch ronol o g i c a l p r o p h e c y r u n i n series. T h e las t t w o dates of the series i n connec t ion w i t h the " 1 , 3 3 5 d a y s " of D a n i e l ' s p r o p h e c y r u n out i n 1945 a n d 1948. E s p e c i a l l y i n v i e w of the statemen t " Ο the blessedness of h i m t h a t w a i t e t h , a n d c o m e t h to the 1,335 d a y s " we w o u l d be w e l l a d v i s e d to w a t c h caref u l l y these t w o dates. I t s h o u l d also be ca re fu l ly no t ed tha t the " 2 , 3 0 0 d a y s " of D a n i e l ' s p r o p h e c y r u n out prec ise ly i n 1953, the l i m i t i n g date of the c h r o n o g r a p h of the P y r a m i d ' s Secret H o u s e of G r a n i t e .

W i t h th i s g lor ious r e v e l a t i o n of the P y r a m i d ' s Secret G r a n i t e H o u s e h o w fut i le i t is to l o o k here for dates , etc. i n connec t ion w i t h the present w a r a n d chaos amongs t the na t ions , for these are to be f o u n d i n the i r a p p r o p r i a t e p lace , the chao t ic S u b t e r r a n e a n C a v i t y far be low. T h e bu r s t i ng -up of the O l d


O r d e r c o u l d never be f o u n d s y m b o l i s e d i n gran i te i n the P y r a m i d .

T h e d a r k t r a n s i t i o n p e r i o d be tween the O l d O r d e r a n d the new, d u r i n g w h i c h the g lor i f i ca t ion of the t rue c h u r c h takes place, is severa l t imes f i t t i n g l y spoken of i n the B i b l e as a " n i g h t . " I n fact i n M a r k ' s account of O u r L o r d ' s G r e a t P r o p h e c y , C h r i s t ends w i t h these w o r d s : " W a t c h ye theref o r e : for ye k n o w not w h e n the M a s t e r of the H o u s e come th , at even , or at m i d n i g h t , or at the c o c k c r o w i n g , or i n the m o r n i n g : L e s t c o m i n g s u d d e n l y he find y o u s leeping. A n d w h a t I say u n t o y o u I say u n t o a l l , W a t c h ! " I n ear ly O l d Tes tament t imes there were three watches i n the n igh t , n a m e l y , the F i r s t W a t c h t i l l m i d n i g h t , the M i d d l e W a t c h t i l l 3 a .m. a n d the M o r n i n g W a t c h t i l l 6 a .m. I n Chr i s t ' s t i m e however the n igh t f rom 6 p . m . to 6 a .m. was d i v i d e d in to four watches of three hours each a n d n a m e d as u n d e r : —

F i r s t W a t c h or Evening .. 6 p . m . to 9 p . m .

Second „ „ Midnight .. 9 p . m . to 12 m.n ' t .

T h i r d „ „ Cock-crow .. 12 m . n ' t to 3 a .m . F o u r t h „ „ Morning .. 3 a .m. to 6 a .m.

I n the d a r k n i g h t of t rouble , 1914-1953, we are n o w about to enter w h a t w o u l d cor respond to the M o r n i n g W a t c h , 1 9 4 3 -1953. T r u e to the P r o p h e c y , we d i d no t k n o w beforehand d u r i n g w h a t w a t c h the L o r d w o u l d gather h is sa ints a n d " s h a k e the powers of the h e a v e n s " b y f o r m i n g " t h e new heavens ," b u t we k n e w i t w o u l d h a p p e n w i t h i n the genera t ion as H e h a d t o l d us. B u t we n o w k n o w the W a t c h , because three out of the four have n o w passed, a n d therefore i t can be no other t h a n the fou r th or M o r n i n g W a t c h .

W h i l s t the " m o r n i n g w a t c h " is one of hope, for i t t e r m inates i n the d a w n i n g rays of sunshine , nevertheless i t also conta ins the b lackes t of the n igh t , for i t is a t rue s ay ing , " T h e darkes t hou r comes jus t before the d a w n . " B o t h B i b l e a n d P y r a m i d r evea l t ha t the br ightes t m o r n i n g i n the wor ld ' s h i s to ry , the es tab l i shment of " t h e new heavens a n d the new ear th whe re in dwe l l e th r i g h t e o u s n e s s " is to be preceded b y


the darkes t of her n i g h t . G o d says i n the Sc r ip tu re s " I w i l l shake the heavens a n d the e a r t h ; a n d I w i l l o v e r t h r o w the th rone of k i n g d o m s , a n d I w i l l des t roy the s t rength of the k i n g d o m s of the hea then . A n d I w i l l shake a l l na t ions , a n d the desire of a l l na t ions s h a l l c o m e : a n d I w i l l fill th is house w i t h g l o r y , s a i t h the L o r d of H o s t s . " ( H a g g a i 2, 7 , 2 1 , 2 2 ) . T h i s is t r u l y a b l a c k c l o u d w i t h a go lden l i n i n g !

T h e c l i m a x i n the s h a k i n g of the s y m b o l i c ear th , i.e. the wrecki n g of the present soc i a l s t ruc ture of the w o r l d , is p i c t u r e d i n the s y m b o l s of the B o o k of R e v e l a t i o n as a colossal ea r thquake such as has never been k n o w n . T h i s is mos t appropr ia te , for i f t he e a r t h symbol i ses the soc i a l ea r th , t h e n a n ea r thquake fittingly symbol i ses a v i o l e n t s h a k i n g a n d o v e r t h r o w i n o rgan i sed soc ie ty , i n o the r words a r e v o l u t i o n . L i s t e n t o the B i b l e ' s d e s c r i p t i o n of the t e r r ib le r e v o l u t i o n n o w i m m i n e n t t ha t w i l l c o m p l e t e l y w r e c k the O l d O r d e r : " A n d there was a great e a r thquake , s u c h as was no t s ince m e n were u p o n the ea r th , so m i g h t y a n e a r t h q u a k e a n d so great " — R e v e l a t i o n 16, 1 8 . T h e c o n t e x t shows t h a t th i s is associa ted w i t h the fa l l of the B a b y l o n i a n s y s t e m w h i c h has c o n t i n u e d i n the d o m i n a n t C o n t i n e n t a l E m p i r e s t h r o u g h the ages as the hear t a n d core of the O l d O r d e r . I n o the r words th i s mos t a p p a l l i n g r e v o l u t i o n is the ter r i f ic C o n t i n e n t a l R e v o l u t i o n n o w i m m i n e n t , i n w h i c h p a r t i c u l a r l y the sys tems cen t red i n R o m e a n d B e r l i n w i l l be b l o w n off the face of t h e ea r th . R e v e l a t i o n indica tes i t w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y t e r r ib le i n the c i t y t h a t s i t t e th o n seven h i l l s , i.e. R o m e (both s y m b o l i c a n d l i t e ra l ) .

T h e B i b l e is t e a m i n g w i t h examples of where the present t e r r ib le w o r l d t roub le is d e p i c t e d a n d then i m m e d i a t e l y fo l lowed b y a d e s c r i p t i o n of the g r a n d cond i t i ons of the N e w Order . See, for example , I s a i ah , chap t e r 34, where the present w o r l d ho locaus t is v i v i d l y p o r t r a y e d , w h i l s t the fo l l owing chap te r , the famous 3 5 t h , describes the glories of the N e w Order , a n d closes w i t h the g r a n d words " s o r r o w a n d s igh ing sha l l flee a w a y . " S i m i l a r l y I s a i a h 24 gives a v i v i d p i c tu re of the cur ren t w o r l d t r i b u l a t i o n w h i l s t the nex t chapter , 25, te l ls of the g lor ious t i m e t o fo l l ow w h e r e i n G o d " w i l l des t roy the face

129


of the c o v e r i n g cast ove r a l l people , a n d the v a i l t h a t is sp r ead over a l l na t ions . A n d i t s h a l l be s a i d i n t h a t d a y , L o , th i s is our G o d , we h a v e w a i t e d for H i m , we w i l l be g l a d a n d rejoice i n his s a l v a t i o n . "

I n I sa iah , chap t e r 24, jus t m e n t i o n e d , d e s c r i b i n g th i s great final c a t a c l y s m u p o n the na t ions , there is in te r j ec ted , r i gh t i n the m i d d l e of the l u r i d d e s c r i p t i o n , the s t a tement t h a t i n a c e r t a in r eg ion the people s h a l l g lo r i fy G o d a n d s i n g l o u d praises to H i m . I n o ther words , a grea t s p i r i t u a l r e v i v a l is to deve lop d u r i n g th i s great t r i b u l a t i o n , a n d th i s is desc r ibed as b u r s t i n g f o r t h i n the " I s l e s of the W e s t " , w h i c h , as we have a l r eady s h o w n , are the isles off the west coast of E u r o p e , n a m e l y , the B r i t i s h Isles a n d I c e l a n d . T h i s i s j u s t w h a t we w o u l d n a t u r a l l y expec t , for , as we h a v e seen, i t i s t h e race l i v i n g o n these i s l ands w h o are the D i v i n e l y a p p o i n t e d i n s t rumen t to ac t as t h e " s p e a r h e a d " l e a d i n g the na t ions i n t o the n e w age, a n d , w h e n pu rged , t o f o r m the nuc leus of the N e w O r d e r amongs t the na t ions , u n d e r the c o n t r o l of C h r i s t . D o u b t l e s s the great r e v i v a l w i l l h ave m u c h t o do w i t h the necessary p u r g i n g .

E a r l i e r i n th i s w o r k we h a v e q u o t e d p a r t of the S c r i p t u r a l reference n o w unde r cons ide ra t i on , b u t here is the t e x t i n f u l l : " T h e y shall lift up their voice, they shall sing for the majesty of the Lord, they shall cry aloud from the west. [ H e b r e w " y a m " = sea or wes t ] . Wherefore glorify ye the Lord in the fires, even the name of the Lord God of Israel in the Isles of the West. From the uttermost part of the earth have we heard songs, even glory to the righteous." ( Isaiah 24, 1 4 - 1 6 ) . W h i l e these verses a p p l y to the Isles of the W e s t i n genera l—the B r i t i s h , I ce l and ic a n d Faroese I s l a n d s — a ca re fu l e x a m i n a t i o n of the p r o p h e c y reveals t h a t the words h a v e a p a r t i c u l a r a p p l i c a t i o n to I c e l a n d . N o t e the f o l l o w i n g p a r t i c u l a r s c o n c e r n i n g the h o m e l a n d of the people w h o are t o be h e a r d p r a i s i n g G o d i n the m i d s t of a t r o u b l e d w o r l d : —

1. These i n su l a r people are desc r ibed i n the p r o p h e c y as l i v i n g a m i d s t fires. I n ou r w o r l d the o n l y fires of na ture


t h a t we k n o w of are volcanoes , a n d I c e l a n d is the o n l y one of these i s lands t ha t has a c t i v e volcanoes . N o t o n l y so, b u t i n p r o p o r t i o n to i t s s ize, I c e l a n d con ta ins more volcanoes t h a n a n y o ther c o u n t r y i n the w o r l d . I n m o d e r n t imes , the t r emendous ou tpour ings of w h i t e -ho t l a v a i n I c e l a n d are u n e x a m p l e d anywhere else i n the W o r l d . A s c o m p a r a t i v e l y r ecen t ly as 1783 the great L a k i Cra te rs t h r e w ou t a l a v a s t r e a m about 45 mi l e s i n l e n g t h a n d 15 mi l e s i n b r e a d t h . S te fan Stefansson i n h is b o o k o n " I c e l a n d " says t ha t t h i s is " b y far the greatest o n record a n d ' unpa ra l l e l ed o n the E a r t h i n h i s to r i c t i m e s ' . " So far as i s k n o w n , th i s i s the biggest fire the W o r l d has ever seen since m a n was u p o n the E a r t h . T h e w h o l e c o u n t r y of I c e l a n d was fo rmed b y fire; i t owes i t s exis tence e n t i r e l y to v o l c a n i c a c t i o n , a n d the m a n y geysers a n d ho t spr ings t o be f o u n d a l l ove r the i s l a n d are connec ted w i t h the v o l c a n i c fires be low. I c e l a n d is k n o w n t o E u r o p e a n s as " T h e L a n d of F i r e . " * T r u l y , the I ce land ic n a t i o n has l i v e d a m i d s t fires!

T h e H e b r e w w o r d " u r i m " t r ans l a t ed " f i r e s " i n the • above q u o t a t i o n f r o m the E n g l i s h B i b l e also means

" l i g h t s " . T h e o n l y great n a t u r a l l igh t s i n ou r w o r l d are the P o l a r L i g h t s (The N o r t h e r n L i g h t s o r A u r o r a B o r e a l i s a n d the S o u t h e r n L i g h t s o r A u r o r a A u s t r a l i s ) a n d the o n l y i s l a n d n a t i o n l i v i n g suff ic ient ly near e i ther P o l e t o see these l igh t s v i v i d l y f r o m a l l pa r t s of t he i r c o u n t r y is I c e l a n d .

2. T h e p r o p h e c y locates t h i s i n su l a r c o u n t r y as b e i n g i n " t h e u t t e r m o s t p a r t of the e a r t h " o r as the ancients s a id , the " u l t i m a t h u l e " . T h e express ion was a t one t i m e a p p l i e d i n a genera l w a y to the far n o r t h , b u t l a te r became loca l i sed t o I c e l a n d . S i r R i c h a r d B u r t o n has

* I t is also referred to as " T h e L a n d of F i re and F ros t . " Iceland was or iginal ly called Snowland. A l t h o u g h the cl imate i n the lower lands of the south-west is remarkably equable, the interior of Iceland contains huge snow-fields, Perpetual snow occupies over 5,400 square miles of the country, and the snow-line i n the nor th of the island is on ly 2,000 feet above sea-level.

131


w r i t t e n a w o r k of t w o large v o l u m e s e n t i t l e d Ultima Thule: t h i s w o r k is a de sc r ip t i on of I ce l and , w h i c h th i s au tho r ca l l s " T h e C a n a a n of the N o r t h " . I ce l and is c e r t a i n l y a t " t h e u t t e rmos t p a r t of the e a r t h " , for b e y o n d i t there is n o t h i n g b u t t h e i c e - b o u n d P o l a r Sea . T h e n o r t h coast of I c e l a n d touches the A r c t i c C i r c l e .

That God has been preparing the Icelandic nation to sing praises to H i m at that special time now near at hand, is shewn by the following extract from Chambers' Encyclopaedia (caption " I c e l a n d " ; Vol . V I , pp. 61-65): "Iceland has always been and still is rich in song writers, especially, of a lyrical and religious tendency." In the seventeenth century the great religious poet, Hallgrimur Pjetursson (1614-1674) was raised up, and ever since that time his beautiful hymns have been sung at family worship in many Icelandic homes and have had a distinctly uplifting influence on the spiritual life of the nation.

When the great revival comes what a contrast there will be between the happy worship of God in Iceland as voiced in Isaiah 24, 14-16 and the shattering of those great materialistic nations on the Continent, as described by the prophet in the same chapter, declaring: " T h e earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard, and shall be removed like a cottage; and the transgression thereof shall be heavy upon i t ; and it shall fall and not rise again." " T h e earth mourneth and fadeth away, the world languisheth and fadeth away, the haughty people of earth do languish." " T h e earth is utterly broken down, the earth is clean dissolved."

The similarity of the position of Iceland to-day in relation to the nations of Christendom to that of the Tribe of Benjamin amongst the Tribes of Israel in Biblical times is very striking, as will be seen from the following:—

Benjamin Iceland

1. The Tribe of Benjamin was by Iceland is the smallest civilised far the smallest of all the Twelve nation, not only in Europe, but in Tribes of Israel. the whole World.

T H E GREAT PYRAMID 133 2. Benjamin, the ancestor and

federal head of the Benjamites, was the youngest of all Jacob's twelve sons, from whom the respective tribes of Israel originated.

3. At one time Benjamin "ravined as a wolf", but in the end, proved to be the tribe truest to the Faith, and all Twelve Apostles of Christ were ultimately chosen from that one Tribe. The Benjamites (or Galilaeans, as they were later called) followed the Saviour by the thousand, (It was the Jews of Judaea who rejected Him.)

4. The Benjamites were liberty-loving and tolerant in religion. It was the most famous Benjamite of all, the great Apostle Paul, who said: "Where the spirit of the Lord is, there is l iberty" "Stand fast therefore in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free." (2 Cor. 3, 17, Gal. 5, 1.)

5. The Benjamites (Galilaeans) were the first to translate and preach the Scriptures in other languages (Acts 2, 6-11).

Iceland became inhabited last of the European countries, and is therefore the youngest of them all.

The Icelandic forefathers, as Vikings, also "ravined as a wolf", but in the end, Iceland likewise proved true to the Faith. To-day, although there is full religious liberty, almost everybody in Iceland accepts Christianity. " F r o m the first the Icelanders have been an almost homogeneous people as regards church and religion, and religious controversies may be said to be unknown in the country."

The Icelanders are also very liberty-loving and tolerant in religion, The Established Church of Iceland is Protestant and Evangelical. "The Icelandic Church has always been liberal in her views, even the so-called orthodox branch of i t . " As a result of the great tolerance exercised by this Church, sectarian bodies are extremely few and inconsiderable.

The oldest known translation of the Scriptures (O.T.) in any living language is that in Icelandic (12th century).

I n anc ien t t i m e , the l i t t l e T r i b e of B e n j a m i n was the one tha t u s u a l l y l e d the w a y i n new s p i r i t u a l deve lopments a n d r e v i v a l s , a n d a t such t imes e x h i b i t e d great f a i t h i n G o d . R i g h t at the v e r y outset of Is rael ' s n a t i o n a l h i s t o r y at the t i m e of the E x o d u s , w h e n the Is rael i tes , p u r s u e d b y the E g y p t i a n hosts , c ame t o the edge of the R e d Sea , a l l s tood i n despera t ion excep t the T r i b e of B e n j a m i n , w h o t r u s t e d G o d , l eaped in to the b e d of the sea, a n d l e d a l l I s r ae l safely across. (Jewish Encyclopedia, V o l . I l l , page 24). T h e n at the great crisis w h e n Chr i s t came , i t was a g a i n the T r i b e of B e n j a m i n w h o l e d the w a y a n d became the pioneers of C h r i s t i a n i t y . T h e B e n j ami tes b y tha t t i m e h a d become k n o w n as Galilaeans, o w i n g t o t h e i r h a v i n g o c c u p i e d the t e r r i t o r y c a l l e d Ga l i l e e i n the n o r t h of the H o l y L a n d . A l l of the T w e l v e A p o s t l e s of Ch r i s t

134 T H E GREAT PYRAMID

were Galilaeans, i.e. B e n j a m i t e s ; ( Judas I scar io t was a Judaean, b u t h is p lace was e v e n t u a l l y t a k e n b y a B e n j a m i t e ) . T h e n P a u l , the great p ionee r ing A p o s t l e t o the Gen t i l e s , s a i d h i m self t ha t he was of the T r i b e of B e n j a m i n ( R o m a n s II 1, T h e Galilaeans fo l l owed C h r i s t b y the t h o u s a n d ; i t was the Judaeans i n the s o u t h f r o m w h o m C h r i s t r e c e i v e d the mos t of h is persecu t ion .

P s a l m 68, s p e a k i n g p r o p h e t i c a l l y of the t i m e w h e n the k i n g d o m s of the E a r t h i n genera l b e g i n to s i n g praises u n t o G o d , reveals t ha t there w i l l be a m o d e r n B e n j a m i n , w h o w i l l l e ad i n the t h a n k s g i v i n g a n d praise a n d t h a t t h e y w i l l be a s m a l l c o m m u n i t y ; note p a r t i c u l a r l y the words i n the l a t t e r p o r t i o n of the p r o p h e c y : " H e hath scattered the peoples that delight in war. Princes shall come out of Egypt; Ethiopia shall haste to stretch out her hands to God. Sing unto God, ye kingdoms of the Earth; Ο sing praises unto the Lord." "The singers went before... There is little Benjamin their ruler (leader)." — R . V . T h e last sentence is b e a u t i f u l l y t r ans l a t ed i n the F r e n c h B i b l e , w h i c h r e a d s : —

"Void Benjamin le plus jeune, qui conduit les autres." ( B e h o l d B e n j a m i n the younges t , w h o leads the others.)

I n I sa i ah 24, 1 4 - 1 6 we are t o l d the geograph ica l pos i t i on of the h o m e l a n d of those w h o w o u l d l e a d i n pra ise a n d t h a n k s g i v i n g to G o d w h e n the great aggressive na t ions " t h a t de l igh t i n w a r " are b e i n g smashed a n d the N e w Orde r , w h e r e i n is no w a r , is c o m i n g i n . O n i n v e s t i g a t i o n w e f o u n d t h i s t o be the B r i t i s h a n d Ice land ic Isles i n general , b u t I c e l a n d i n p a r t i c u l a r . P s a l m 68 p r o p h e t i c a l l y names these people , w h o w o u l d l e a d i n the praise a t tha t t i m e , as Benjamin, therefore I c e l a n d is the m o d e r n B e n j a m i n , the B e n j a m i n of p r o p h e c y ; a n d , f r o m the facts g i v e n above we see t h a t the n a m e is mos t app rop r i a t e , for i n m a n y respects I c e l a n d t o - d a y s tands i n the same r e l a t i o n to the o ther E u r o p e a n na t ions of C h r i s t e n d o m t h a t B e n j a m i n d i d to the o ther T r i b e s of I s rae l i n anc ien t t i m e , a n d t h a t the charac ter i s t ics of the Ice landers are s t r i k i n g l y s i m i l a r to those of the B e n j a m i t e s of o l d .

T H E GREAT P Y R A M I D 135

F r o m the p o l i t i c a l s t a ndpo in t , of course , I c e l a n d is m u c h too ins ign i f ican t to h a v e a n y we igh t o r power i n se t t i ng u p the s t ruc tu re of the N e w O r d e r a m o n g the n a t i o n s ; the ma jo r p a r t of t h a t t a s k w i l l be the h o n o u r of the B r i t i s h E m p i r e a n d the U . S. A . t o p e r f o r m . B u t i t is w i t h i n the power of a t i n y n a t i o n l i k e I c e l a n d to p roduce the l i g h t t h a t cou ld set ablaze a great s p i r i t u a l r e v i v a l sp read ing over m a n y na t ions . I n fact , t he B i b l e i tse l f te l l s us t ha t i n s p i r i t u a l ma t t e r s " G o d h a t h chosen the w e a k th ings of th i s w o r l d to con found the t h ings w h i c h are m i g h t y . . . t h a t no flesh s h o u l d g l o r y i n h i s presence. " I n s p i r i t u a l ma t t e r s G o d has f requent ly used a v e r y l o w l y m a n to m o v e a great n a t i o n , so l i kewise a t i n y n a t i o n filled w i t h s p i r i t u a l power c o u l d m i g h t i l y inf luence a l l C h r i s t e n d o m . W h e n th i s great r e v i v a l , w h i c h the B i b l e ind ica tes w i l l be g r e a t l y h e l p e d f o r w a r d b y del iverances t h r o u g h D i v i n e i n t e r v e n t i o n ( E z e k i e l 39, 2 1 - 2 9 ) , has sp read over m a n y na t ions , G o d says t h a t the c i t y of J e r u s a l e m , the scene of the d e a t h a n d r e su r rec t ion of the S a v i o u r , w i l l be es tab l i shed as the ecc les ias t ica l C a p i t a l of the W o r l d — R e a d I s a i a h 2, 1 - 4 , a n d J e r e m i a h 3, 1 7 . T h a t w i l l be the t i m e w h e n the J e w s w i l l c o m e u p o n the scene p r o m i n e n t l y a n d p l a y t he i r p a r t i n the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w Orde r , as descr ibed above . I t is i n p r e p a r a t i o n for th i s t h a t G o d has a r ranged for the r a p i d re - se t t l ing of Pa l e s t i ne b y the J e w s d u r i n g the pas t qua r t e r c e n t u r y .

A t t h i s j u n c t u r e a c h r o n o l o g i c a l feature s h o u l d no t pass u n n o t i c e d . T h e par t i es w h o m G o d has a r r anged to func t ion i n the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the N e w O r d e r are p o r t r a y e d i n the P y r a m i d as c o m i n g unde r the inf luence of the g ran i t e i n 1918. B y t ha t date the great A n g l o - S a x o n na t ions of the B r i t i s h C o m m o n w e a l t h a n d U . S. A . h a d l o n g been free f r o m d o m i n a t i o n o r oppress ion , b u t not so w i t h I c e l a n d a n d Pa les t ine , the h o m e l a n d s of the o ther t w o peoples des t ined to func t ion i n the i n a u g u r a t i o n of the " n e w ea r th . " B u t w i t h the f a l l of the y e a r 1918 b o t h of these l ands were set f r ee—al l Pa les t ine was l i b e r a t e d f r o m age- long oppress ion w i t h the close of the G r e a t W a r , w h i l s t I c e l a n d , t h o u g h not i n v o l v e d i n the war ,

136 T H E GREAT P Y R A M I D

was freed f r o m centur ies of d o m i n a t i o n , w i t h i n three weeks of A r m i s t i c e D a y , n a m e l y D e c e m b e r 1st , 1918, t h e a n n i v e r s a r y of w h i c h is n o w obse rved a n n u a l l y as I ce land ' s N a t i o n a l Independence D a y . T h e progress i n b o t h I c e l a n d a n d Pa l e s t ine since 1918 has been p h e n o m e n a l , a n d i n m a r k e d con t ras t t o the centur ies of s t agna t ion p r ev ious to t h a t date . A l t h o u g h I c e l a n d was freed f r o m outs ide interference i n 1918, she s t i l l recognised the D a n i s h K i n g as K i n g of I c e l a n d , u n t i l 1941, w h e n I c e l a n d became a n en t i r e ly independen t sovere ign s ta te . I t was also i n 1941 t h a t a w e l l - k n o w n Ice lander , Jónas G u d mundsson , p u b l i s h e d i n the I ce l and ic C a p i t a l , a b o o k e n t i t l e d Spádómarnir um Island (Prophecies r ega rd ing Ice land) d r a w i n g a t t e n t i o n to Ice land ' s h o n o u r e d c a l l i n g . T h e b o o k shows i n a c lear a n d s imp le ye t s c h o l a r l y w a y the m a r v e l l o u s fu l f i lmen t of P y r a m i d a n d B i b l e prophecies r ega rd ing I c e l a n d . A m o n g s t other th ings i t d raws a t t e n t i o n to the fact t ha t one of ou r o w n P y r a m i d w r i t i n g s p u b l i s h e d i n 1937 s t a t ed tha t I c e l a n d was due to o b t a i n comple te l i b e r a t i o n i n 1941 a n d t h a t th i s c ame to pass r i g h t o n t i m e , w h e n I c e l a n d became a sovere ign state i n M a y of t h a t year . Jónas G u d m u n d s s o n also p o i n t s out t ha t the present free a n d prosperous c o n d i t i o n of I ce l and , i n m a r k e d cont ras t to the t e r r ib le sufferings of E u r o p e , was also p l a i n l y dep i c t ed years ago, at a t i m e w h e n there was no appearance of such deve lopmen t i n I c e l a n d . D r . H e l g i P je turss , I ce land ' s mos t eminen t geologist has, f r o m a different angle of a p p r o a c h , also come to a s i m i l a r conc lu s ion r e g a r d i n g Ice land ' s c a l l i n g . I t was i n 1941 too , o n A u g u s t 14 th , t h a t the Pres iden t of the U . S. A . a n d the B r i t i s h P r i m e M i n i s t e r s igned the e p o c h - m a k i n g Atlantic Charter in the N o r t h A t l a n t i c , a n d before l e a v i n g tha t r eg ion the B r i t i s h P r i m e M i n i s t e r , the R t . H o n . W i n s t o n C h u r c h i l l , addressed the l i b e r t y - l o v i n g Ice landers f r o m the b a l c o n y of t he i r Houses of P a r l i a m e n t i n R e y k j a v i k .

T h e G r e a t P y r a m i d i n i ts o w n w o n d e r f u l w a y g e o m e t r i c a l l y defines the geographica l p o s i t i o n of I c e l a n d a n d at the same t i m e s y m b o l i c a l l y ind ica tes the f u n c t i o n of I c e l a n d r e l a t i ve to the i n t r o d u c t i o n of the N e w Orde r , i n h a r m o n y w i t h w h a t w e have jus t e l uc ida t ed f r o m the B i b l i c a l s t andpo in t . I n th i s


case, however , the m a t t e r is d i s t i n c t l y more t e c h n i c a l t h a n a n y t h i n g deal t w i t h i n th i s l i t t l e v o l u m e t h u s far , a n d is b e y o n d the scope of th i s w o r k , w h i c h is i n t e n d e d to be a non- t echn ica l b o o k for " t h e m a n i n the s t r e e t " .

B u t apa r t f r o m B i b l i c a l a n d P y r a m i d reve la t ion , is there a n y spec ia l reason w h y I c e l a n d s h o u l d l e a d the w a y i n t h a n k s g i v i n g a n d r e v i v a l ? Y e s , d e f i n i t e l y ! C e r t a i n l y no c o u n t r y i n E u r o p e , i f no t i n the who le w o r l d , has such cause for t hanks g i v i n g at the present t i m e , as I ce l and . T o - d a y , w h e n pract i c a l l y a l l the na t ions of the w o r l d , bel l igerents a n d neut ra ls as w e l l , are suffer ing severe ly t h r o u g h th i s great W o r l d W a r , I c e l a n d has never been so w e l l off i n a l l her h i s to ry . * F u r t h e r more , i n a d d i t i o n t o the en joyment of f reedom a n d p rosper i ty , I c e l a n d has no fear of i n v a s i o n b y the murde rous N a z i aggressors for she is a m p l y p ro t ec t ed b y s t rong B r i t i s h a n d A m e r i c a n forces. T h e I ce l and ic n a t i o n above a l l others ought to be p r a i s i n g G o d d a y a n d n igh t for such comfor t , l i b e r t y a n d peace i n the m i d s t of a w o r l d w r i t h i n g i n agony . A l t h o u g h I ce l and has ne i ther a r m y , n a v y nor air-force, ye t G o d is demons t r a t ing h o w H e c a n pro tec t a defenceless c o u n t r y i n a w o r l d a r m e d t o the t ee th . I f a n y Ice lander does not feel f u l l of g ra t i tude to G o d for such a m a z i n g care i n such a per i lous w o r l d , he is d o i n g h i s c o u n t r y a pos i t i ve i n j u r y , for i f there be m a n y such , G o d i n H i s l ove w o u l d doubt less find i t necessary to w i t h d r a w f r o m I c e l a n d some of her present m a t e r i a l blessings i n order t h a t the s p i r i t u a l va lues be more h i g h l y apprec ia ted , so t ha t the r e v i v a l be not de l ayed . L e t t h i s g r e a t c a l l f o r t h a n k s g i v i n g a n d r e v i v a l be s o u n d e d l o u d l y i n e v e r y I c e l a n d i c c h u r c h , so t ha t I c e l a n d m a y con t inue to en joy a l l her present blessings, a n d tha t o ther na t ions be encouraged to r e v i v a l also. T h u s

* One of the paintings by Iceland's greatest sculptor and artist, Einar Jónsson, shows the child Jesus and his Mother sheltering in a cave hollowed in the side of an Icelandic glacier surrounded by snowfields. By this picture, called Jól. 1917 (Christmas, 1917) the painter wished to portray that during the Great War, Iceland was one little spot on Earth where the Saviour could rest really peacefully at Christmas. Whilst this wonderful painting, now to be seen in Reykjavik, is a true representation of the situation at that time, it is much more, for it is prophetic and depicts with even greater vividness God's great protecting care over Iceland in this greater World War. The painting is verily Isaiah 24, 1 4 - 1 6 displayed on canvas.


the c o m i n g great s p i r i t u a l r e v i v a l i n the " Isles of the W e s t " is shown to b e g i n i n the far n o r t h of these isles, i n I ce l and , a n d sp read s o u t h w a r d i n t o the B r i t i s h Isles .

H a v i n g n o w e x a m i n e d b o t h the descend ing a n d a scend ing series of the P y r a m i d ' s passages a n d the chamber s i n t o w h i c h t h e y l ead , let us n o w t u r n ou r a t t e n t i o n b r i e f ly to the large h o r i z o n t a l s y s t e m l y i n g be tween the t w o — t h e o n l y p a r t of the i n t e r io r of the P y r a m i d t h a t w e h a v e not ye t dea l t w i t h . T h i s consists of a l o n g passage, u s u a l l y k n o w n s i m p l y as the H o r i z o n t a l Passage, l e a d i n g to the b e a u t i f u l l y c o n s t r u c t e d Queen 's C h a m b e r . O r i g i n a l l y the b e g i n n i n g of the H o r i z o n t a l Passage was c o m p l e t e l y c o v e r e d ove r b y the floor stones of the G r a n d G a l l e r y , t hus i n d i c a t i n g t h a t t h i s h o r i z o n t a l s y s t e m is qu i t e separate a n d d i s t i nc t f r o m the s l o p i n g passage sys tems . T h e Queen 's C h a m b e r , i n w h i c h the H o r i z o n t a l Passage t e rmina tes is a final c h a m b e r , t h a t is to say , a c h a m b e r h a v i n g no e x i t ; i t is therefore a f i n a l i t y a n d symbol i se s a des t iny . I t is spacious , m a g n i f i c e n t l y cons t ruc t ed a n d has t w o v e n t i l a tors , thus i n d i c a t i n g t h a t the d e s t i n y is a g r a n d one of l i fe a n d l i b e r t y . I n these t w o respects i t i s l i k e the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r . T h e t w o chambers have also the same w i d t h , b u t the Queen ' s C h a m b e r is shor ter , t h a t i s , i t does no t e x t e n d so far west as the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r . B u t the Queen ' s C h a m b e r is b u i l t a t a m u c h lower l e v e l as i t i s cons t ruc t ed o n the 2 5 t h course of m a s o n r y f r o m the base of the P y r a m i d , w h i l s t the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r rests o n the 5 0 t h course . F u r t h e r m o r e , w h i l s t the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r is b u i l t en t i r e ly of r e d g ran i t e , the Queen ' s C h a m b e r con ta ins no g ran i t e wha t eve r , b e i n g e n t i r e l y of l imes tone—a lower grade of s tone. A l l t h i s c l e a r l y shows tha t the des t iny s y m b o l i s e d b y the Queen ' s C h a m b e r , g r a n d t h o u g h i t be, refers to a lower p lane t h a n t h a t of the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r , E d r i s i , w h o v i s i t e d the G r e a t P y r a m i d a n d w r o t e a n account of i t i n the t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y , states t ha t i n h i s d a y there was s t i l l a n e m p t y coffer i n the Queen ' s C h a m b e r as w e l l as one i n the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r . S i r F l i n d e r s P e t r i e , c o m m e n t i n g o n E d r i s i ' s r e c o r d describes i t as a n " accura te a n d observant

T H E GREAT PYRAMID 139 accoun t o f the P y r a m i d . " H e also suggests t ha t some of the f ragments of t h a t coffer are pos s ib ly amongs t the i nnumerab le pieces of loose s tone n o w filling the m a n y holes a n d corners i n the c h a m b e r caused b y excava t ions . I t i s p r a c t i c a l l y c e r t a i n t h a t h a d the coffer i n the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r no t been m a d e of v e r y h a r d t o u g h g ran i t e , i t w o u l d also have d i sappeared l o n g before n o w , for even as i t i s , i t shows evidences of h a v i n g been severe ly m a u l e d . T h e fact t ha t the Queen ' s C h a m b e r o r i g i n a l l y c o n t a i n e d a n e m p t y coffer reveals t h a t the des t iny i t symbo l i se s also i n v o l v e s a r esur rec t ion , b u t , of course, o n a l ower p l ane t h a n t h a t p o r t r a y e d i n the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r . I n s t i n c t i v e l y t h i s b r ings t o our m i n d the t w o resurrec t ions of S c r i p t u r e , def ined as ce les t ia l a n d te r res t r i a l , r espec t ive ly . A s the A p o s t l e P a u l declares, " B u t the glory of the celestial [ represented b y the h i g h l y e l eva ted gran i te K i n g ' s C h a m b e r ] is one, and the glory of the terrestrial [represented b y the less e l eva t ed l imes tone Queen ' s C h a m b e r ] is another. "

C o n f i r m a t o r y of th i s i s the fact t h a t the Queen ' s C h a m b e r floor l ies o n the same l e v e l as the 30- inch base of the C h r i s t -T r i a n g l e desc r ibed above . T h a t h o r i z o n t a l base we d i scovered represented the 30 years of J e sus ' l i f e f r o m his b i r t h at B e t h l e h e m t i l l h i s b a p t i s m a t J o r d a n , w h e n he offered h is perfect h u m a n i t y for the l i f e of the w o r l d . T h e H e a v e n l y F a t h e r v i s i b l y man i fes t ed h i s acceptance of the offer, a n d Jesus thencefor th for the nex t 3-1/2 yea r s " p o u r e d o u t h is s o u l u n t o dea th , " the sacrif ice b e i n g c o n s u m m a t e d a t C a l v a r y . T h a t the Queen ' s C h a m b e r s tands o n the l e v e l or p l ane represen t ing h u m a n per fec t ion , ind ica tes t h a t t h i s i s the d e s t i n y p o r t r a y e d b y t h a t C h a m b e r , a n d t h i s is i n comple t e agreement w i t h the fact t ha t the s y m b o l i s m of the C h a m b e r per ta ins to the terrest r i a l r esur rec t ion , a n d no t the ce les t ia l . H o w p l a i n i t is tha t the Queen ' s C h a m b e r represents the d e s t i n y of the w o r l d of m a n k i n d w h i c h w i l l be o b t a i n e d i n a n age f o l l o w i n g the e n t r y of the sa ints i n t o t h e i r ce les t ia l d e s t i n y i n the F i r s t Resu r r ec t i o n . A f t e r the sa ints are u n i t e d w i t h C h r i s t i n the F i r s t R e s u r r e c t i o n a n d h a v e t a k e n c o n t r o l as " t h e n e w h e a v e n s " t h e y w i l l t h e n b e g i n the i r l ong -p romised f u n c t i o n of " b l e s s i n g

140 T H E GREAT P Y R A M I D

a l l the na t ions of the e a r t h " i n the regenera t ion . I n the anc ien t E g y p t i a n t ex t s the Queen ' s C h a m b e r is a p t l y referred t o as the C h a m b e r of the M o o n , w h e r e i n takes p lace the regenera t ion . I n E g y p t i a n s y m b o l o g y the m o o n was associa ted w i t h the ances t ra l h o m e of the E g y p t i a n s , the Holy Land of Khent, Pa rad i se . T h e w a l l s i n the great H a l l of K h e n t a t the entrance t o the T e m p l e of Is is at A n n u or D e n d e r a h are c o v e r e d b y the represen ta t ion of the four teen d a i l y ascents of the m o o n as i t waxes f r o m the n e w t o the f u l l m o o n , s y m bo l i s i ng the r e s to ra t ion of P a r a d i s e o n E a r t h . T h e B i b l e describes the age i m m e d i a t e l y f o l l o w i n g C h r i s t ' s r e t u r n for h i s saints as " t h e t imes of r e s t i t u t i o n of a l l t h ings w h i c h G o d h a t h spoken b y the m o u t h of a l l the h o l y p rophe t s s ince the w o r l d b e g a n " (Ac t s 3, 2 1 ) .

T h e l ong , l o w H o r i z o n t a l Passage, w i t h i t s r o u g h , b u m p y floor, b y w h i c h access to the Queen ' s C h a m b e r is g a i n e d , fittingly represents the l o n g ages of oppress ion t h r o u g h w h i c h h u m a n i t y passes before r e a c h i n g i t s g lo r ious d e s t i n y . T h e D e s c e n d i n g Passage a n d the features i n the l o w e r p a r t of the P y r a m i d ' s i n t e r io r s y s t e m p o r t r a y the O l d O r d e r , p a r t i c u l a r l y i t s g o v e r n m e n t a l p o w e r s ; the a scend ing passages a n d features i n the upper p o r t i o n dep ic t the p r e p a r a t i o n for a n d i n a u g u r a t i o n of the g o v e r n m e n t a l powers of the N e w O r d e r ; w h i l s t the H o r i z o n t a l Passage a n d Queen 's C h a m b e r l y i n g be tween the t w o represents the course of h u m a n i t y i tself , t h a t i s , the peoples of the w o r l d as t h e y h a v e fa red , first unde r the ru l e r -sh ip of the o l d orders a n d finally under the p e r m a n e n t g r a n d N e w Order . I n fact t h i s c e n t r a l h o r i z o n t a l s y s t e m cons t i tu tes a p a n o r a m i c v i e w of the course of h u m a n h i s t o r y , t h r o u g h the ages, to i t s e te rna l des t iny , as i t was i n the m i n d of G o d f rom the beg inn ing . T o i l lus t r a t e t ha t th i s is the v i e w p o i n t : Jesus d i d not " d i e for our sins a n d rise a g a i n for ou r j u s t i f i c a t i o n " u n t i l m a n k i n d h a d been o n the ea r t h for l o n g ages, b u t the B i b l e c l e a r l y states t ha t the D i v i n e a r rangement was m a d e for Jesus t o be the S a v i o u r of the W o r l d before m a n came i n t o existence o n the e a r t h at a l l , as we r e a d i n I Pe t e r 1, 19-21. " B u t w i t h the precious b l o o d of C h r i s t , as of a l a m b w i t h o u t

THE GREAT PYRAMID

b l e m i s h a n d w i t h o u t s p o t : w h o v e r i l y was foreorda ined before t h e f o u n d a t i o n of the w o r l d , b u t was mani fes t i n these last t i m e s for y o u , w h o b y h i m do be l ieve i n G o d , t h a t ra i sed h i m u p f r o m the dead , a n d gave h i m g l o r y " ; a n d aga in i n R e v e l a t i o n 13, 8 , where C h r i s t i s referred t o as " t h e L a m b s l a i n f r o m the f o u n d a t i o n of the w o r l d . " A c c o r d i n g l y , i n the P y r a m i d , we f i n d t h a t the represen ta t ion of the burs t -o p e n shaft t o m b p o r t r a y i n g the d e a t h a n d resur rec t ion of C h r i s t is s i t u a t e d a t the v e r y b e g i n n i n g of the H o r i z o n t a l Passage, w h i l s t the Queen ' s C h a m b e r s y m b o l i s i n g the u l t i m a t e g lor ious d e s t i n y of m a n k i n d m a d e possible t h r o u g h Chr i s t , i s s i t u a t e d r i g h t a t the e n d of the passage. W e ask, C o u l d stone s a y more l o u d l y , " K n o w n u n t o G o d are a l l h i s w o r k s f r o m the b e g i n n i n g of the w o r l d . " G o d k n o w e t h the end f r o m the b e g i n n i n g . I t i s as t h o u g h the A l m i g h t y i n des ign ing the P y r a m i d h a d first of a l l a r r anged for the p l a n of h u m a n s a l v a t i o n , as i t e x i s t e d i n H i s o w n m i n d , to be s h o w n r igh t i n the v e r y hear t a n d centre of the s t ruc ture , as e x h i b i t e d b y the c e n t r a l h o r i z o n t a l s y s t e m , a n d t h e n des igned the s lop ing passages, etc. , r o u n d t h i s i n order to show the de ta i l s i n the w o r k i n g out of t h a t p l a n as i t d e v e l o p e d i n a c t u a l p rac t i ce t h r o u g h the ages. T h u s i n the one case the d e a t h a n d resurr e c t i o n of C h r i s t the S a v i o u r as s y m b o l i s e d b y the burs t -open shaf t - tomb is represented as b e i n g the b e g i n n i n g or founda t i o n of the w h o l e m a t t e r , w h i l s t i n the o ther case i t forms the h u b a n d centre of the who le scheme.

A s th i s c e n t r a l h o r i z o n t a l s y s t e m cons t i tu tes a p a n o r a m i c v i e w of h u m a n h i s t o r y , i t i s , of course , l a i d ou t a t a scale m u c h sma l l e r t h a n t h a t of the genera l c h r o n o g r a p h o n the s lop ing passages. T h e scale of t h i s i m p o r t a n t h o r i z o n t a l sy s t em is , i n th i s ins tance , as i n t h a t of the o ther h o r i z o n t a l sys tems, cons i s t en t ly revea led i n the s t r u c t u r a l deta i ls i n the H o r i z o n t a l Passage i tself . A s the pe r iod d i s p l a y e d i n th i s case not o n l y ex tends f o r w a r d i n t o the far d i s t an t future bu t also b a c k w a r d i n t o the far r emote pas t , i t is imposs ib le to e luc ida te the m a t t e r s a t i s f ac to r i ly w i t h o u t d e a l i n g at cons iderable l eng th w i t h anc ien t c h r o n o l o g y a n d archaeological research, w h i c h of

141

142 T H E GREAT PYRAMID

course, is b e y o n d the scope of th i s l i t t l e v o l u m e : those des i r ing t o s t u d y the subject more deep ly are refer red t o ou r more de ta i l ed treatises o n C h r o n o l o g y a n d P y r a m i d o l o g y , n a m e l y , Hebrew Chronology Scientifically Established, a n d The Great Pyramid, A Scientific Revelation.

H o w e v e r , i t is app ropr i a t e t ha t c e r t a in i m p o r t a n t c h r o n o log ica l features r e l a t i n g t o the N e w O r d e r s h o u l d be t r ea t ed here. I t w i l l be r eca l l ed tha t the da te m a r k e d b y the e n d of the D e a d E n d Passage b e y o n d the G r e a t S u b t e r r a n e a n C a v i t y , as o b t a i n e d b y the measurements is 28 th J a n u a r y , 1994, a n d t ha t the s y m b o l i s m ind ica tes t h a t b y t h a t t i m e a l l the e v i l , h a r m f u l o r decept ive i n s t i t u t i o n s w i l l h a v e gone, a n d e v e r y t race of the s t ruc ture of the O l d O r d e r w i l l h a v e v a n i s h e d . F r o m the measurements of the K i n g ' s C h a m b e r we l ea rned t h a t the founda t ions of the N e w O r d e r are due to be l a i d b y 20 th A u g u s t , 1953. T h e comple t e se t t ing-up or i n a u g u r a t i o n o f the N e w O r d e r a n d the w i p i n g out of a l l t races of the O l d O r d e r so far as i t s soc i a l s t ruc ture is conce rned w i l l t h u s o c c u p y a p e r i o d of ove r f o r t y years f r o m 1953 t o 1994.

T h e soc ia l s t ruc tu re of the N e w O r d e r h a v i n g been b u i l t i n h a r m o n y w i t h the w i l l of G o d a n d H i s r igh teous l a w s b y 1994, t ha t D i v i n e O r d e r w i l l t h e n be r e a d y t o func t i on w i t h f u l l u n i m p e d e d scope a n d t a c k l e the r e a l t a sk for w h i c h i t was b rough t i n t o be ing . W h a t t h a t t a s k is , is s t a t ed i n S c r i p t u r e i n no u n c e r t a i n t e rms . I n R e v e l a t i o n 21 , i t i s r eco rded tha t the A p o s t l e J o h n was g i v e n a great v i s i o n of the future , w h i c h he describes s ay ing , " A n d I s aw a n e w h e a v e n a n d a n e w ea r th [a N e w O r d e r ] " ; a n d t h e n proceeds t o na r r a t e w h a t s h a l l be accompl i shed i n t ha t new o r d e r ; he says , " A n d G o d s h a l l w i p e a w a y a l l tears f r o m the i r e y e s ; a n d there s h a l l be no more dea th , ne i ther so r row, no r c r y i n g , ne i the r s h a l l there be a n y more p a i n : for the fo rmer th ings [the sufferings of the O l d O r d e r ] are passed a w a y . " I n h a r m o n y w i t h th i s the A p o s t l e P a u l dec lared , " H e m u s t r e ign t i l l he h a t h p u t a l l enemies under h is feet. T h e las t e n e m y t h a t s h a l l be de s t royed is dea th . "

T h e P y r a m i d shows the same, a n d revea ls h o w l o n g w i l l be r equ i r ed t o e l im ina t e e v i l a n d a l l t h a t i t en ta i l s (sin, sorrow,


suffer ing a n d dea th) . I t w i l l be obse rved t h a t the end of the D e a d E n d Passage m a r k s the ex t r eme sou the rn l i m i t of the G r e a t P y r a m i d ' s i n t e r i o r passage s y s t e m ; consequen t ly i ts v e r t i c a l a l i g n m e n t defines the ex t r eme l i m i t no t o n l y of the spec ia l i n c h - m o n t h c h r o n o g r a p h , b u t a lso of the general c h r o n o g r a p h . T h e p l a n e of the D e s c e n d i n g Passage ever d o w n w a r d is the p l ane of e v i l a n d i f th i s be c o n t i n u e d t i l l i t reaches the a l i g n m e n t def ined b y the e n d of t h a t d o w n w a r d passage s y s t e m ( that i s , t he v e r t i c a l a l i gnmen t of the e n d of the D e a d E n d Passage) we s h a l l therefore o b t a i n the date w h e n e v i l , w i t h a l l i t s d i r e consequences, is due to come to a n end , af ter w h i c h there s h a l l be no m o r e s i n , sor row, p a i n or d e a t h . T h e da te m a r k e d b y t h i s e x t r e m i t y , a c c o r d i n g to the i n c h - y e a r scale of the genera l c h r o n o g r a p h is A. D. 2994, w h i c h i t w i l l be no t i c ed , is p rec i se ly 1, 000 years after 1994, defined b y the same a l i g n m e n t o n the spec i a l i n c h - m o n t h ch ronograph . T h u s , a c c o r d i n g t o the P y r a m i d the p e r i o d tha t w i l l be r equ i red to r emove s i n a n d d e a t h f r o m the E a r t h is 1, 000 years , e x a c t l y as s t a t ed i n the B i b l e . A s we have l ea rned f r o m the S c r i p t u r e jus t q u o t e d C h r i s t is to r e i g n t i l l t he las t enemy, dea th , is des t royed , a n d R e v e l a t i o n 20 states t h a t the sa in ts are go ing to r e ign w i t h h i m 1, 000 years . T r u l y the B i b l e a n d the Pyramid are harmonious to the last degree! We have seen that even now God is making active preparat i ons for the N e w O r d e r , the 1, 000-year opening-phase of w h i c h w i l l cons t i t u t e the M i l l e n n i a l R e i g n of Chr i s t , of ten s i m p l y c a l l e d the M i l l e n n i u m . T h e P y r a m i d has also r evea led t o us t h a t the comple t e i n a u g u r a t i o n of the M i l l e n n i a l cond i t ions w i l l o c c u p y t h e p e r i o d 1953-1994. E v e r y age has i ts i n a u g u r a l as w e l l as i t s c l o s i n g p e r i o d , a n d the M i l l e n n i u m is no excep t ion . T h e t e r m i n a l p e r i o d a t the e n d of the T h o u s a n d Y e a r s or M i l l e n n i u m is refer red t o i n the B i b l e as the L i t t l e Season, d u r i n g w h i c h a necessary t e s t i ng t akes p lace . A l t h o u g h , for reasons a l r e a d y s t a t ed we canno t i n th i s b o o k go in to the c h r o n o l o g i c a l de ta i l s o f the c e n t r a l h o r i z o n t a l sys t em, never theless we jus t s tate here, b y w a y of in teres t t ha t the p e r i o d of the L i t t l e Season at the end of the M i l l e n n i u m is t he re in

THE GREAT PYRAMID

Mod

el o

f th

e G

reat

Pyra

mid

(s

urm

ou

nte

d b

y a C

ross

) on

P

rofe

ssor

G.

Pia

zzi

Sm

yth

's g

rave

at

Sh

aro

w,

Rip

on

.

THE GREAT P Y R A M I D 145

revea led to be A. D. 2953-2994, hence prec i se ly of the same d u r a t i o n as the i n a u g u r a l pe r iod a t h o u s a n d years earl ier . So then , the long-expec ted M i l l e n n i u m is due to beg in w i t h the i n a u g u r a l p e r i o d 1953-1994 a n d t e rmina t e at the " L i t t l e S e a s o n " 2953-2994. B y the l a t t e r date the N e w Orde r w i l l h ave been es tab l i shed i n a l l i t s per fec t ion a n d fulness, for e v e r y t race of s i n a n d dea th w i l l have been w i p e d out forever , as b e a u t i f u l l y s ta ted i n R e v e l a t i o n 21, 4, c i t e d above. T h e M i l l e n n i u m , or first t h o u s a n d years of the N e w O r d e r w i l l be g r a n d a n d g lor ious indeed , b u t the e t e r n i t y to fo l low w i l l be more g lor ious s t i l l . A s the Sc r ip tu re s say, " T h e whole ea r th s h a l l be f i l l ed w i t h the g l o r y of J e h o v a h . " W h i l s t the mass of m a n k i n d has been qu i t e o b l i v i o u s to i t , a n d m a n y have been t h i n k i n g tha t ma t t e r s h a d a l l gone w r o n g , ye t , a l l the t i m e G o d ' s great p l a n has been m o v i n g ma je s t i c a l l y f o r w a r d to i ts g r a n d c o n s u m m a t i o n . " A c r o s s the v i s t a of ages H e saw i n H i s purpose the g l o r y of a n in t e l l i gen t c rea t ion i n H i s o w n l ikeness , es tab l i shed i n r ighteousness a n d w o r t h y of H i s gift of e te rna l l i fe . H e the re in foresaw the m u t u a l pleasure of the Crea to r a n d the c rea ture a n d w i t h a peaceful pat ience H e reso lved to w a i t for the g lor ious c o n s u m m a t i o n . "

A s we are n o w d r a w i n g v e r y near to t ha t g r a n d d a y of jus t ice , t r u t h a n d love , w h a t is our present r e s p o n s i b i l i t y ? W h e n we real ise t h a t m u c h of the present t roub le is due to the o p p o s i t i o n of the O l d O r d e r t o the p o w e r f u l r ighteous influences of the N e w O r d e r n o w c o m i n g i n , our o b v i o u s d u t y is t o a l i g n ourselves o n the side of the N e w Orde r , b o t h i n d i v i d u a l l y a n d n a t i o n a l l y . B o t h the B i b l e a n d the P y r a m i d m a k e i t per fec t ly c lear t ha t the N e w O r d e r , w i t h i t s l o f t y p r inc ip l e s , is go ing t o t r i u m p h abso lu te ly a n d c o m p l e t e l y — s o c o m p l e t e l y indeed tha t the O l d Orde r , w i t h a l l i t s selfishness a n d greed, w i l l be u t t e r l y a n n i h i l a t e d , a l l the m a i n p i l l a r s c o l l a p s i n g w i t h i n the next decade a n d e v e r y t race of the s t ruc tu re b e i n g w i p e d ou t w i t h i n the present t w e n t i e t h cen tu ry . T h e es tab l i shment of the N e w O r d e r is g o i n g to be so c o m p l e t e l y t h o r o u g h a n d u n i v e r s a l t ha t w i t h i n the nex t m i l l e n n i u m (3rd m i l l e n n i u m of the C h r i s t i a n E r a ) a l l th ings i n heaven a n d o n ea r th w i l l be κ


brought i n to perfect h a r m o n y w i t h G o d ' s h o l y w i l l a n d l a w . W h a t a g lor ious p r o s p e c t ! H o w fool ish for e i ther na t ions or i n d i v i d u a l s to a t t e m p t to s t a n d i n the w a y of such a g r a n d N e w Orde r—as some of the C o n t i n e n t a l powers i n p a r t i c u l a r w i l l l ea rn b y b i t t e r exper ience s h o r t l y . B u t there are those i n our o w n c o u n t r y , too, t ha t are s t a n d i n g i n the w a y of the N e w Order , a n d not least amongs t these are some of the b igo ted re l ig ious m o v e m e n t s a n d i n d i v i d u a l s , w h o w o u l d l i k e to cu t off f r om C h r i s t i a n fe l lowsh ip a l l w h o do not accept the i r p a r t i c u l a r i n t e rp r e t a t i on of S c r i p t u r e , a n d w h o e x h i b i t such a sp i r i t of in to le rance so t y p i c a l of the O l d O r d e r a n d so c o n t r a r y to the sp i r i t of C h r i s t a n d the N e w Order . L I B E R T Y is the v e r y essence of C h r i s t i a n i t y . A s the B i b l e i tse l f s a y s : " W h e r e the sp i r i t of C h r i s t i s , there is l i b e r t y . "

T h e nex t ques t ion tha t n a t u r a l l y arises is the p r a c t i c a l o n e : H O W , i n v i e w of the p r o b l e m s a n d in t r i cac ies of the present diff icult t imes , c a n we come i n t o h a r m o n y w i t h the p r inc ip l e s of the D i v i n e l y p l a n n e d N e w O r d e r ? Pres iden t F r a n k l i n D . Rooseve l t gave us the s o l u t i o n to th i s i n a nu t she l l w h e n he sa id r e c e n t l y : " I D O U B T I F T H E R E I S A N Y P R O B L E M — S O C I A L , P O L I T I C A L O R E C O N O M I C — T H A T W I L L N O T M E L T B E F O R E T H E F I R E O F A S P I R I T U A L A W A K E N I N G . " H e r e is the k e y — A S P I R I T U A L R E V I V A L , for i f a m a n ' s s p i r i t u a l c o n d i t i o n is r i gh t , eve ry o ther phase of his life a u t o m a t i c a l l y comes r i g h t ; a n d the same is t rue of a na t i on . A n d as we have jus t seen, t h i s is p rec i se ly the specific message of the G r e a t P y r a m i d i n our t i m e , c a l l i n g p a r t i c u l a r l y to the B r i t i s h C o m m o n w e a l t h , U . S. A . a n d Icel a n d i n the present c i r cums tances , to l ead the w a y . T h e P y r a m i d i s s o u n d i n g a g r ea t c a l l to these n a t i o n s for a t r u e a n d s o u n d r e v i v a l as the r e a l a n d speedy s o l u t i o n to t h e i r p resen t t r o u b l e s . T h e k e y - n o t e of the G R E A T P Y R A M I D ' S M E S S A G E t o - d a y i s C H R I S T I A N R E V I V A L . L e t a l l C h r i s t i a n s w h e t h e r i n s i d e o r ou t s ide of the d e n o m i n a t i o n s , heed the c a l l , pu t t h e i r s h o u l d e r to the w h e e l , a n d a s s i s t i n

T H E G R E A T R E V I V A L


If you have received help and encouragement from the reading of this book and would like to assist in making this grand message of the Great Pyramid more widely known, so that many who are distressed in the present trying times might obtain the very uplift of spirit which this message affords, the Institute of Pyramidology has been founded for the purpose of enabling you to do so effectively. Particulars regarding the Institute are to be found on the next page.

INSTITUTE O F P Y R A M I D O L O G Y K I N G S W A Y H A L L , K I N G S W A Y , L O N D O N , W . C . 2 .

Present Emergency Addres s :

39, Beverley Gardens, Stanmore, Middlesex, London .

The Institute of Pyramidology, the only institute of its k i n d in the W o r l d , was founded early in 1940 wi th the object of advancing knowledge and research i n Pyramidology i n a l l its branches. The main a im is to make more widely known a l l over the W o r l d the great D i v i n e Revela t ion enshrined i n the Great P y r a m i d , in a l l its aspects—scientific, prophetic and religious.

Anyone who understands that the Great P y r a m i d is a D iv ine Revelat ion represented in stone is eligible for membership. The activities of the Institute are carried on entirely through voluntary contributions. Those who wish to support the Institute i n making known everywhere this grand P y r a m i d t ruth please fil l in the form on the opposite page and despatch to the Secretary in order to be recorded as members.

Whi l e no fixed annual subscription is imposed, nevertheless we encourage a voluntary regular subscription, for obviously no institute can carry on regular work without a regular income. W e know that P y r a m i d believers everywhere wish the proclamation of the Pyramid ' s glorious Message to continue, and that increasingly, but if this desire is to be realised i t is necessary for most of the members voluntar i ly to subscribe a sum, however small , regularly to the Institute. A line has therefore been provided for each member to state how much he or she intends to contribute per year. This information w i l l greatly facilitate the Institute in planning its work ahead.

PASS

AG

ES

AN

D

CH

AM

BE

RS

OF

TH

E G

RE

AT

PYR

AM

ID.

adam rutherford--the great pyramid (1942)

Documents